Canon Projector SX60 User Manual
User Command Specifications  
1 Cover  
Canon projector SX6/SX60/X600 User Commands  
ver. 01.0100/05  
ver. 01.0100/04  
ver. 01.0100/03  
ver. 01.0100/02  
ver. 01.0100/01  
2005.12.27  
2005.12.5  
2005.11.14  
2005.11.10  
2005.11.1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
Contents  
1 II. Contents  
II. Contents  
Item  
Page  
1
1. Overview  
2. Communication Specifications  
3. Communication Flow  
4. Command System  
SX50  
2
6
7
7
SX6 / SX60 / X600  
5. Control Mode  
6. Key/Emulation function  
7. Power Management Mode  
8. Command List  
9. Details of command  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
POWER  
AUTOＳＥＴEXE  
BLANK  
INPUT  
AUTOPC  
DOTS  
TRACK  
HPOS/VPOS  
HPIX/VPIX  
SEL  
ASPECT  
IMAGE  
BRI  
CONT  
SHARP  
GAMMA  
DGAMMA  
PROG  
WB  
WBRGB  
SAT  
HUE  
RGBGAIN  
RGBOFFSET  
ACADJUST  
MEMCADJ  
6AXADJ  
6AXR～Ｙ  
LAMP  
RESET  
VKS/HKS  
AVOL  
MUTE  
BVOL  
IMAGEFLIP  
PMM  
PJON  
NOSIG  
NOSHOW  
LOGOPOS  
LANG  
TERMINAL  
KEYLOCK  
RCCH  
GUID  
DPON  
LEDILLUMINATE  
ZSTEPDRV  
ZCONTDRV  
FSTEPDRV  
FCONTDRV  
RC  
ＭＡＩＮ  
GET  
GET MODE  
GET POWER  
GET BLANK  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
Contents  
Item  
Page  
76  
GET INPUT  
GET DOTS  
GET TRACK  
77  
78  
GET HPOS/VPOS  
79  
GET HPIX/VPIX  
GET SEL  
80  
81  
GET ASPECT  
GET IMAGE  
GET BRI  
82  
83  
84  
GET CONT  
GET SHARP  
GET GAMMA  
GET DGAMMA  
GET PROG  
GET WB  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
GET WBRGB  
GET SAT  
91  
92  
GET HUE  
93  
GET RGBGAIN  
GET RGBOFFSET  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
GET ACADJUST  
GET MEMCADJ  
GET 6AXADJ  
GET 6AXR～6AXY  
GET LAMP  
GET VKS/HKS  
GET AVOL  
GET MUTE  
GET BVOL  
GET IMAGEFLIP  
GET PMM  
GET PJON  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
135  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
146  
GET NOSIG  
GET NOSHOW  
GET LOGOPOS  
GET LANG  
GET TERMINAL  
GET KEYLOCK  
GET RCCH  
GET GUID  
GET DPON  
GET LEDILLUMINATE  
GET NOSHOWSTATUS  
GET FREEZE  
GET SIGNALSTATUS  
GET LAMPCOUNTER  
GET ERR  
GET PRODCODE  
GET ROMVER  
GET COMVER  
RANGE  
RANGE POWER  
RANGE BLANK  
RANGE AUTOSETEXE  
RANGE INPUT  
RANGE DOTS  
RANGE TRACK  
RANGE HPOS/VPOS  
RANGE HPIX/VPIX  
RANGE SEL  
RANGE ASPECT  
RANGE IMAGE  
RANGE BRI  
RANGE CONT  
RANGE SHARP  
RANGE GAMMA  
RANGE DGAMMA  
RANGE PROG  
RANGE WB  
RANGE WBRGB  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
Contents  
Item  
Page  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
RANGE SAT  
RANGE HUE  
RANGE RGBGAIN  
RANGE RGBOFFSET  
RANGE ACADJUST  
RANGE MEMCADJ  
RANGE 6AXADJ  
RANGE 6AXR～6AXY  
RANGE LAMP  
RANGE VKS/HKS  
RANGE AVOL  
RANGE MUTE  
RANGE BVOL  
RANGE IMAGEFLIP  
RANGE PMM  
RANGE PJON  
RANGE NOSIG  
RANGE NOSHOW  
RANGE LOGOPOS  
RANGE LANG  
RANGE TERMINAL  
RANGE KEYLOCK  
RANGE RCCH  
RANGE GUID  
RANGE DPON  
RANGE LEDILLUMINATE  
RANGE ZSTEPDRV  
RANGE ZCONTDRV  
RANGE FSTEPDRV  
RANGE FCONTDRV  
10. Error List  
11. Other  
Appendix 1 Reset Items  
Appendix 2 Table of Response Patterns by Command  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
1. Overview  
1 1. Overview  
1. Overview  
・
・
・
These specifications describe the methods of controlling the projector from the PC over an RS-232C connection  
Virtually all operations possible with the remote control can be controlled from the PC  
The following symbols are used in these specifications.  
Symbol  
Description  
Space with ０ or more characters (20h), Tab (09h), or other separator  
Space with 1 or more characters (20h), Tab (09h), or other separator  
Separator between parameters　△ , △ | □  
The data in [ ] can be omitted.  
△
□
▽
[ ]  
|
Same as OR  
：＝ The definition name is on the left side of this mark, and the definition description is on the right side.  
PAGE 1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
2. Communication Specifications  
4 2. Communication Specifications  
2. Communication Specifications  
Communication  
system  
Item  
Specifications  
Communication system RS-232-C Start-stop synchronization Semi-duplex communication  
Transmission speed  
Character length  
Stop bit  
19.2Ｋｂｐｓ  
8 bits/character  
2 bits  
Parity  
None  
Transmission format  
Variable-length record with terminal as delimiter  
Maximum transmission Maximum of 256 characters (bytes) including delimiters  
length  
Delimiters  
Delimiters are one of CR, LF, CR+LF, Null (0) (Delimiters are identified automatically.)  
Response delimiters are identical to command delimiters.  
Transmission codes  
ASCII code (General-purpose characters: 20h to 7Fh), Tab (09h)  
(Codes other than those above and delimiters are considered “other separator codes”)  
Uppercase and lowercase of alphabetic characters are considered the same character.  
Double-byte characters and single-byte characters are not distinguished. All are considered  
single-byte characters.  
Communication procedure No procedure  
Flow control  
Error control  
Break signal  
Time out  
None  
None  
Not supported  
Tc Character ：10ms  
* For the SX50  
interval  
：5S  
(Timeout between CR and LF is 10ms.) * For the SX6, SX60 or X600  
Tr Command/response interval:10S  
Connection  
Specifications  
PC - Projector connection status  
COM  
PORT  
Item  
Connection PC: Connected on a "1:1"  
system basis with the projector  
Specifications  
SERVICE  
PORT  
Connection 3-line connection of SD,  
Canon  
signal line RD, and SG  
Dedicated cable  
Connection  
Dedicated cable  
Projector  
PC  
The connection diagram is  
cable  
here.  
Send data SD  
SD Send data  
Receive data RD  
RD Receive data  
Signal ground SG  
SG Signal ground  
※ In the projector, none of the signal lines except for the three lines of SD, RD and SG are used!  
※ If necessary, loop back its own signals at the PC side.  
Control  
Mode  
The projector has two control modes, the local mode and remote mode.  
Most user commands are used in REMOTE mode.  
The two modes are set by the REMOTE and LOCAL commands.  
REMOTE command  
LOCAL mode  
REMOTE mode  
LOCAL command  
・
・
・Initial mode of projector  
・The available user commands are limited.  
Except for RC and MAIN, all user commands are available in this mode.  
None of the remote control and main unit panel buttons except for  
POWER can be used.  
・
Control is switched to this mode by the REMOTE command.  
Communication  
system  
Communication between the PC and projector is performed by the projector responding bysending a response to the  
command sent from the PC.  
If AC power is supplied to the projector, communication is possible regardless of whether the power is on or off.  
PC  
Projector  
Commands  
Response  
PAGE 2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
2. Communication Specifications  
Commands  
Request transmissions sent from PC to the projector  
Transmission  
format  
△<Command character strings> △<Delimiters>  
<Command character Character strings consisting of 0 or more alphanumeric  
Reference Command List  
strings>  
characters  
<Delimiters>  
One of CR (0Dh), LF (0Ah), CR+LF (0Dh+0Ah), Null (00h)  
Type  
Description  
Commands with a command character string length of 0. No command  
processing is performed.  
Response  
Type  
Null  
OK  
■
□
■
■
□
□
■
■
■
■
□
□
■
■
■
■
□
□
□
■
■
■
■
□
□
BUSY  
WARN  
ERR  
Null Commands  
Character string  
<Null command character string>:= <Character string with length  
0>  
GET  
RANGE  
OK  
Projector control command. The format is shown below.  
Control  
Setting  
BUSY  
WARN  
ERR  
Control command  
Character string  
<Control command character string>:= <Control  
name>□<Parameter value>  
GET  
RANGE  
OK  
Command that sets values for each parameter. The format is shown below.  
BUSY  
WARN  
ERR  
Setting command  
Character string  
<Setting command character strings>:= <Parameter  
name>△=△<Parameter value>  
　　For the definition of <Parameter value>, refer to "Parameter definitions."  
GET  
RANGE  
OK  
Requests current value of each parameter. The format is shown below.  
Reference  
BUSY  
WARN  
ERR  
<Reference command character string>:=? △<Parameter name> |  
GET□<Parameter name>  
GET  
Reference  
command  
Character string  
RANGE  
OK  
Requests range which can be set for each parameter. The format is shown  
below.  
■
■
■
□
■
BUSY  
WARN  
ERR  
<Range request command character string>:=  
RANGE□<Parameter name>  
GET  
RANGE  
PAGE 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
2. Communication Specifications  
Transmissions sent from Projector to PC in response to commands from PC  
<Response character string> <Delimiter>  
Response  
Transmission  
format  
Character strings consisting of one or more ASCII characters.  
The first two characters are always <one lowercase letter>:  
The first character indicates the response type.  
<Response character  
string>  
Response type  
Meaning  
State response  
Warning  
Example  
i
i:OK i:BUSY etc.  
w:USER_COMMAND..  
e:000B INVALID..  
g:AVOL=10  
w
e
g
r
Error  
Reference command response  
Range request command response r:VKS=N, -50, 50  
<Delimiters>  
Type  
Delimiters for commands sent from PC  
Description  
Type  
OK  
OK  
response can be received.  
<OK response character string>:=i:OK  
After processing of each command is completed, a response is sent indicating that the next command  
BUSY  
BUSY This response is sent when a command cannot be received during processing.  
response Wait for a few moments, and then try sending the command again.  
<BUSY response character string>:=i:BUSY  
Example: > IMAGE=2  
< i:BUSY  
WARN  
WARN  
response  
This response is sent when warning information is issued.　Note that this command cannot be  
executed.  
<Warning response character string>:= w:<Warning description>  
Example: > IMAGE=2  
< w:USER_COMMAND_VERSION_IS_UPDATED  
An error message is output.  
ERR  
ERR  
response  
<Error response character string>:= e:<Error code>□<Error message>  
※
<Error code> is expressed as a four-digit hexadecimal number.  
Refer to “Error List”!  
※
Example: > abcdefg  
< e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND  
Request response for each parameter.  
GET  
GET  
response  
<GET response character string>:=g<Parameter name>=<Value>  
Example: > GET LANG or ? LANG  
< g:LANG=JPN  
RANGE  
RANGE This is the settable range response for each parameter.  
response  
<Range response character string> := r:<Parameter name>=<Type>, <Setting value range>  
※ <For <Setting value range> refer to the RANGE command.  
Example: > RANGE CONT  
< r:CONT=N, -20, 20  
PAGE 4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
2. Communication Specifications  
Other  
Transmission  
recognition  
Transmission is recognized when delimiter is received.  
Even if a maximum transmission length is received, the entire received transmission will be lost unless a delimiter is received.  
The <Parameter value> is defined as shown below.  
Parameter  
value  
<Parameter value>:=<Value 1>▽<Value 2> ▽.. ▽ <Value n>  
Definition  
<Value> := <Numerical value> | <ID> | “<Character string>”  
<Numerical value>  
:= [<Sign>] <Decimal character string (Min. 1 character to Max. 5 characters)>  
The range of valid values is -32768 to 32767.  
<ID>  
:= 1 or more ASCII characters (20h to 7Fh)  
<Character string>  
:= 0 or more ASCII characters (20h to 7Fh)  
Cable  
The connection diagram (example) for the cable connecting the PC and projector is shown below.  
Sample 2  
PC  
PJ  
SHIELD  
SHIELD  
1 CD (DCD)  
2 RD (RXD)  
3 SD (TXD)  
4 ER (DTR)  
5 SG (GND)  
6 DR (DSR)  
7 RS (RTS)  
8 CS (CTS)  
9 CI (RI)  
3 SD (TXD)  
5 RD (RXD)  
4 SG (GND)  
⑥ ⑦ ⑧  
③ ④  
① ②  
5
1
⑤
9
6
Example of self-loopback connections when the  
"CS" and "DR" pins are used in the connector of  
PC  
D-SUB 9pin FEMALE  
PJ  
the PC.  
P
MINI DIN 8pin MALE  
Sample 1  
Sample 3  
PJ  
PJ  
PC  
PC  
SHIELD  
SHIELD  
SHIELD  
SHIELD  
1 CD (DCD)  
2 RD (RXD)  
3 SD (TXD)  
4 ER (DTR)  
5 SG (GND)  
6 DR (DSR)  
7 RS (RTS)  
8 CS (CTS)  
9 CI (RI)  
1 CD (DCD)  
2 RD (RXD)  
3 SD (TXD)  
4 ER (DTR)  
5 SG (GND)  
6 DR (DSR)  
7 RS (RTS)  
8 CS (CTS)  
9 CI (RI)  
3 SD (TXD)  
5 RD (RXD)  
3 SD (TXD)  
5 RD (RXD)  
4 SG (GND)  
4 SG (GND)  
2 NC  
1 RS(RTS)  
6 NC  
Canon's standard cable is used for  
these connections.  
Do not use the "RS" pin in the  
7 NC  
8 NC  
Example of minimally required connections.  
connector of the PC!  
PAGE 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
3. Communication Flow  
1 3. Communication Flow  
3. Communication Flow  
Transmission  
At the sending side (PC), the transmission is sent within character intervals of Tc (character interval timeout).  
sent  
Transmission  
received  
At the receiving side (Projector), data able to be received within the character interval of Tc is held, and receiving of a  
delimiter is considered “transmission received”.  
If a received character interval exceeds Tc or a delimiter is not received within 256 characters, all data already received is  
lost, and the mode is reset to receive standby again.  
Command/  
Response  
One response is always returned for each command sent from the PC.  
(However, note that a response may not be returned when the internal receive buffer overflows due to reception of a large  
amount of data.)  
PC  
Projector  
Commands  
Response  
Within Tr  
*The timeout interval between command and response (Tr) is 10 seconds.  
If a response is not received within Tr (timeout interval between command and response) while in response reception  
standby after sending a command at the PC, resend the command in the “response reception timeout”.  
Response  
reception  
timeout  
PAGE 6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
4. Command System SX50  
1 4. CSX50  
4. Command System  
SX50. User Command System  
Mode change  
Switch to Remote mode  
Switch to Local mode  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
Setting/Control  
Display setting  
Input select  
Input signal settings  
INPUT  
Total number of dots adjustment  
Tracking adjustment  
DOTS  
TRACK  
Horizontal/Vertical position adjustment  
Horizontal/Vertical resolution adjustment  
HPOS/VPOS  
HPIX/VPIX  
Input signal selection  
Screen settings  
SEL  
*User commands use only automatic selection of input signals.  
*Running of Auto PC will change the values set in “Input signal settings”.  
User screen registration  
ASPECT  
AUTOPC  
Auto PC  
Menu display position setting  
User screen setting  
User image position  
Input when no signal  
Screen when nothing shown  
Startup screen  
LOGOPOS  
NOSIG  
NOSHOW  
PJON  
Flip display  
IMAGEFLIP  
IMAGE  
Image quality select  
Image  
adjustment  
Brightness setting  
Contrast setting  
BRI  
CONT  
SHARP  
GAMMA  
DGAMMA  
PROG  
WB  
Sharpness setting  
Gamma correction  
Dynamic gamma  
Progressive  
*This is set for each input signal and image quality.  
Screen color correction  
RGB adjustment WBRGB  
Color saturation setting  
Hue setting  
SAT  
HUE  
Advanced color adjustment  
ACADJUST  
6-axis  
6ＡＸＲ～Ｙ  
adjustment  
Lamp mode setting  
LAMP  
Image adjustment reset  
RESET  
RESET IMAGE  
System setting  
Terminal setting  
Power management  
Electronic sound  
Key lock  
TERMINAL  
PMM  
BVOL  
KEYLOCK  
Password registration  
Password setting  
Remote control setting  
Language setting  
Reset  
RCCH  
LANG  
RESET  
RESET SYSTEM  
Remote control/Key  
Power supply  
Input switching  
Keystone  
POWER  
INPUT  
VKS/HKS  
AUTOPC  
Auto PC  
*Running of Auto PC will change the values set in “Input signal settings”.  
*Same as “Setting/Control”-“Image Adjustment”-“Image Quality Select”.  
Spotlight  
Volume adjustment  
Digital zoom  
AVOL  
Image quality select  
Audio mute  
IMAGE  
MUTE  
No show status setting  
Freeze image  
Presentation timer setting  
Emulate  
Remote control emulate  
Key emulate  
RC  
MAIN  
Reference  
Retrieve each data  
GET  
Setting range request  
RANGE  
※
Indicates functions that are available in the menu but not available in the user commands.  
PAGE 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
SX6 / SX60 / X600  
1
SX6 / SX60 / X600  
SX6, SX60 or X600 User Command System  
Mode change  
Switch to Remote mode  
Switch to Local mode  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
Setting/Control  
Display setting  
Input select  
INPUT  
Total number of dots adjustment  
Tracking adjustment  
DOTS  
Input signal settings  
TRACK  
Horizontal/Vertical position adjustment  
Horizontal/Vertical resolution adjustment  
HPOS/VPOS  
HPIX/VPIX  
Input signal selection  
Screen settings  
SEL  
*User commands use only automatic selection of input signals.  
ASPECT  
AUTOPC  
Auto PC  
*Running of Auto PC will change the values set in “Input signal settings”.  
Menu display position setting  
Screen color correction  
WB  
RGB adjustment  
WBRGB  
Progressive  
PROG  
User screen setting  
User screen registration  
User image position  
LOGOPOS  
NOSIG  
Screen when no signal  
Screen when nothing shown  
Startup screen  
NOSHOW  
PJON  
Flip display  
IMAGEFLIP  
IMAGE  
Image quality select  
Image  
adjustment  
Brightness setting  
Contrast setting  
BRI  
CONT  
SHARP  
GAMMA  
Sharpness setting  
Gamma correction  
Color adjustment  
Color saturation setting  
SAT  
Hue setting  
HUE  
*This is set for each input signal and image quality.  
Gain adjustment  
Offset adjustment  
RGBGAIN  
RGBOFFSET  
Advanced adjustment  
Dynamic gamma  
DGAMMA  
MEMCADJ  
6AXADJ  
Memory color correction  
6-axis color adjustment  
6-axis adjustment  
6ＡＸＲ～Ｙ  
Lamp mode setting  
RESET IMAGE  
LAMP  
Image adjustment reset  
RESET  
System setting  
Auto setup  
Power management mode  
Direct power-on  
Electronic sound  
Key lock  
PMM  
DPON  
BVOL  
KEYLOCK  
LANG  
Language setting  
Guide  
GUIDE  
LED illumination  
Other settings  
LEDILLUMINATE  
Remote control setting  
Password setting  
RCCH  
Password registration  
Lamp counter reset  
Factory settings  
RESET  
RESET  
RESET LAMPTIME  
RESET SYSTEM  
Remote control/Key  
Power supply  
Auto set  
POWER  
AUTOSETEXE  
IMAGE  
Image quality select  
Input switching  
Auto PC  
*Same as “Setting/Control”-“Image Adjustment”-“Image Quality Select”.  
*Running of Auto PC will change the values set in “Input signal settings”.  
INPUT  
AUTOPC  
Focus  
FCONTDRV  
FSETPDRV  
ZCONTDRV  
ZSETPDRV  
VKS/HKS  
Zoom  
Keystone  
Digital zoom  
Spotlight  
No show status setting  
Audio mute  
BLANK  
MUTE  
AVOL  
Volume adjustment  
Freeze image  
Presentation timer setting  
Emulate  
Remote control emulate  
Key emulate  
RC  
MAIN  
Reference  
Retrieve each data  
GET  
Setting range request  
RANGE  
※
Indicates functions that are available in the menu but not available in the user commands.  
PAGE 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
5. Control Mode  
1 5. Control Mode  
5. Control Mode  
The table below shows the states and limitations of the LOCAL and REMOTE control modes.  
Mode  
LOCAL mode  
REMOTE mode  
Item  
Mode where projector control/operation is  
performed by the main unit or remote control.  
Initial mode when microcomputer is started.  
Mode where projector control/operation is  
performed by a PC or other external device.  
(The PC or other external device is connected by  
a serial cable.)  
Description  
Constant remote indicator ※2  
ALM state indicator  
Status  
ALM  
State indicator  
ALM state indicator  
LED  
・AC power supply to projector  
・REMOTE command  
・Manual power on/off  
・LOCAL command  
Transition method  
・Power management standby/exit mode transfer  
Main unit keys All available  
Operation Remote control All available  
buttons keys  
Only POWER button is available  
Only POWER button is available  
※1  
Emulation  
Available  
Not available  
5 minutes elapsed from no signal  
Operation is as follows depending on the model.  
Model  
SX50  
Operation  
・
No switching to standby or exit  
mode.  
Power  
management  
standby and exit  
modes  
Switching  
・ 5 minutes elapsed from no  
signal  
・ Control is switched to "local  
mode" after mode switching.  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
※3  
・Signal input  
・REMOTE command  
・Remote control button pressed  
・Main unit button pressed  
・Emulation  
Return  
For the SX50  
All commands except for "RC" and "MAIN"  
Command/parameter  
Remarks  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
GET MODE  
MAIN  
RC  
For the SX6, SX60 or X600  
Command/parameter  
Remarks  
GET COMVER  
GET ERROR  
GET FREEZE  
GET INPUT  
GET LAMPCOUNTER  
GET MODE  
GET MUTE  
Commands supported  
GET NOSHOWSTATUS  
GET POWER  
GET PRODCODE  
GET ROMVER  
GET SIGNALSTATUS  
LOCAL  
MAIN  
RC  
REMOTE  
Special mode  
Executable with remote control or main unit buttons Not executable in any state  
(Service mode)  
*1 However, switching to the USB mouse function or Special mode is not allowed.  
*2 If the control mode is REMOTE, the following are displayed regardless of whether the power is on or off.  
*3 When the power management setting is "standby" or "exit"  
LED indicator pattern during REMOTE mode  
■
■
PAGE 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
6. Key/Emulation function  
1 6. Key/Emulation function  
6. Key/Emulation function  
The table below shows how the main unit/remote control keys and emulation function operate in each control mode  
LOCAL mode  
Remote  
control lock  
REMOTE mode  
Remote control  
lock  
Main unit  
key lock  
Main unit key  
lock  
Key/Emulation  
Unlock  
Unlock  
Remote control  
Main unit keys  
×
POWER only  
×
POWER only  
○
○
○
○
○
×
POWER only POWER only  
×
×
×
○
○
○
Remote control emulation  
Main unit key emulation  
×
×
×
×
○
○
PAGE 10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
7. Power Management Mode  
1 7. Power Management Mode  
7. Power Management Mode  
Concerning the processing for switching to the power management standby or exit mode in the remote or local mode  
Mode  
SX50  
SX6/SX60/SX600  
Remote The power management standby or exit mode is  
not established.  
The power management standby or exit mode is  
established when no signals are supplied for at least 5  
The countdown is aborted by any command other than  
GET/RANGE.  
(No countdown is initiated.)  
Control is switched to the "local mode" in the standby or  
exit mode.  
Local  
The power management standby or exit mode is established when no signals are supplied for at least 5  
minutes.  
Events for returning from standby mode  
・Signal input  
・Pressing of a button on main unit or remote control  
・REMOTE command  
・RC/MAIN command (excluding RC/MAIN*-REP)  
Projecting in  
progress  
Lamp on  
Lamp off  
Lamp  
cooling in  
progress  
When the standby  
mode is established  
Power management activated  
Processing only for commands  
enabled in power management  
standby mode  
When the exit mode is established  
Power Off  
PAGE 11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
8. Command List  
1 8. Command List  
8. Command List  
Command type  
Control Setting Reference  
Item  
Commands  
Description  
Switching to Remote mode  
Switching to Local mode  
Power supply control  
Auto setup execution  
BLANK function  
Mode  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
POWER  
AUTOSETEXE  
BLANK  
INPUT  
AUTOPC  
DOTS  
○
○
○
○
○
○
Input terminal select  
Auto PC execution  
○
Total number of dots adjustment  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
TRACK  
Tracking adjustment  
Input  
signal  
settings  
10 HPOS  
11 VPOS  
12 HPIX  
13 VPIX  
Horizontal position adjustment  
Vertical position adjustment  
Horizontal resolution adjustment  
Vertical resolution adjustment  
14 SEL  
Input signal selection  
Screen settings  
Image mode  
Brightness setting  
Contrast setting  
Sharpness setting  
Gamma correction  
Dynamic gamma  
15 ASPECT  
16 IMAGE  
17 BRI  
18 CONT  
19 SHARP  
20 GAMMA  
21 DGAMMA  
22 PROG  
23 WB  
24 WBRGB  
25 SAT  
26 HUE  
27 RGBGAIN  
28 RGBOFFSET  
29 ACADJUST  
30 ACADJUST  
31 6AXADJ  
32 6AXR  
33 6AXG  
34 6AXB  
35 6AXC  
36 6AXM  
37 6AXY  
38 LAMP  
Progressive  
Screen color correction  
Screen color correction (RGB adjustment)  
Color saturation setting  
Hue setting  
RGB gain adjustment  
RGB offset adjustment  
Advanced color adjustment  
Memory color correction  
6-axis adjustment ON/OFF  
R setting  
G setting  
6-axis  
B setting  
color  
C setting  
adjust  
M setting  
Y setting  
Lamp mode setting  
39 RESET  
40 VKS  
41 HKS  
42 AVOL  
43 MUTE  
44 BVOL  
45 IMAGEFLIP  
46 PMM  
Reset  
○
Trapezoid adjustment (vertical keystone)  
Trapezoid adjustment (horizontal keystone)  
Volume adjustment  
Mute  
Beep sound setting  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Flip display control  
Power management  
47 PJON  
Display screen at startup setting  
Display screen when no signal setting  
Display screen setting when nothing shown  
User image position setting  
Language selection  
Terminal setting  
Key lock setting  
Remote control setting  
Guide setting  
Direct power-on setting  
Emotional LED and signal sensing LED lighting control  
Zoom lens step drive control  
Zoom lens continuous drive control  
Focus lens step drive control  
Focus lens continuous drive control  
Remote control operation emulation  
Front panel button operation emulation  
Retrieve data  
48 NOSIG  
49 NOSHOW  
50 LOGOPOS  
51 LANG  
52 TERMINAL  
53 KEYLOCK  
54 RCCH  
55 GUIDE  
56 DPON  
57 LEDILLUMINATE  
58 ZSTEPDRV  
59 ZCONTDRV  
60 FSTEPDRV  
61 FCONTDRV  
62 RC  
○
○
63 MAIN  
64 GET  
○
○
65 RANGE  
Setting range request  
PAGE 12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command  
1 9. Details of command  
9. Details of command  
Descriptions of each command are provided starting from the next page.  
The command descriptions have the format shown below.  
※Command type  
* Alphabetic command name  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
Commands  
Function * This briefly describes the command function.  
Format * This indicates the command format.  
Parameter * This explains the required parameters for the command.  
Parameter types  
Response  
* This describes the command response.  
Description * This includes the command function, conditions, and notes.  
Example * This provides command usage examples.  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.****  
○
SX6  
11.****  
○
SX60  
11.****  
○
X600  
11.****  
○
Indicated here are the commands supported by each model (and user command version). "O": supported; "x":  
not supported.  
*
Supported Command States  
* This defines the environments that support the command (power supply state, input signal  
state, control mode).  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
×
○
○
○
×
○
×
×
○
×
×
○
×
The command is enabled in states marked by “○”.  
The command is enabled  
in control modes marked  
by “○”.  
“○” when the power supply state is enabled while power management is in standby.  
Input signal is required when “×”.  
“○” when power supply state is ON.  
“○” when power supply state is OFF.  
PAGE 13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
(SET command)  
0
PAGE 13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
(GET command)  
0
PAGE 13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
(RANGE command)  
0
PAGE 13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command REMOTE  
1
REMOTE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
REMOTE  
Function Switch to Remote mode  
Format REMOTE  
Parameter None  
Response  
"i:OK" is returned when it was possible to switch the mode properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This switches to Remote mode.  
-1  
-2  
During Remote mode, all buttons are disabled except for the front panel and remote control  
POWER button.  
This command can be used in any projector mode.  
However, zoom or focus lens drive stops if the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
If, in the power management standby status, the "REMOTE" command was received and  
operation was switched to the remote mode, the "power-on" (lamp lighted) status is established  
unconditionally.  
-3  
-4  
With the SX50, the setting, control and reference commands except for RC and MAIN can be  
used only in the remote mode.  
(RC and MAIN can be used only in the "local mode.")  
With the SX6, SX60 and X600, there are several setting, control and reference commands  
which can be used in the local mode.  
(Refer to the LOCAL command.)  
-5 When this command is executed, all the statuses and settings listed below are cleared.  
・Digital zoom  
・Presentation timer display  
・Spotlight display  
・Screen temporary off (NoShow)  
・Freeze image (Freeze)  
・Command now being executed (except during "user image registration")  
・Focusing, zooming underway (with the SX6, SX60 and X600)  
-6 "Guide display" is not cleared by the transfer of operation to the remote mode. If necessary,  
clear the display using the GUIDE command.  
-7 The current mode can be referenced using the applicable GET command.  
Example Mode switching  
> REMOTE  
< i:OK  
Mode viewing  
> GET MODE or  
< g:MODE=LOCAL  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
○
○
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
PAGE 14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command LOCAL  
1
LOCAL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
LOCAL  
Function Switch to Local mode  
Format LOCAL  
Parameter None  
Response  
"i:OK" is returned when it was possible to switch the mode properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This switches to Local mode.  
-1  
The following commands can be used while the local mode is established.  
Errors supported by model  
SX50 SX6 SX60 X600  
Command/parameter  
01.00** 01.01** 01.01** 01.01**  
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
GET MODE  
GET COMVER  
GET ERR  
GET FREEZE  
GET INPUT  
GET LAMPCOUNTER  
GET MUTE  
GET NOSHOWSTATUS  
GET POWER  
GET PRODCODE  
GET ROMVER  
GET SIGNALSTATUS  
MAIN  
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
RC  
-2  
This command can be used in any projector mode.  
However, zoom or focus lens drive stops if the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-3 The current mode can be referenced using the applicable GET command.  
-4  
The "BLANK status" is cleared. Refer to BLANK command.  
Example Mode switching  
> LOCAL  
< i:OK  
Mode viewing  
> GET MODE or ?MODE  
< g:MODE=LOCAL  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
○
○
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
PAGE 15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command POWER  
1
POWER  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
POWER  
Function This controls the power supply  
POWER□<Parameter：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter  
Parameter Meaning  
ON  
Power ON  
OFF  
Power OFF  
ID  
The parameters which can be controlled at any given point in time can be obtained  
using the RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response  
"i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This performs ON/OFF control of the power supply.  
-1 This command is identical to pressing the POWER button on the remote control or main unit.  
-2 Provided that the remote mode is established, the command can be executed in any projector  
status.  
However, zoom or focus lens drive stops if the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-3  
-4  
After sending this command, use GET POWER to obtain the power supply state at regular  
intervals, and check that it is in the controlled state (off or on).  
The table below shows the POWER command responses according to the power supply state.  
POWER Command Responses by  
Power Supply State  
Commands  
POWER OFF  
POWER ON  
Status  
Off  
○
○
○
△
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
Off -> lighted  
Lamp on  
Lighted -> off  
Lighted -> standby  
In standby  
○
※
○
○： i:OK  
△： i:BUSY  
Standby -> lighted  
-5 The current power supply status can be referenced using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Control  
> POWER ON  
i:OK  
<
Reference  
> GET POWER or ?POWER  
< g:POWER=OFF  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE POWER  
< r:POWER=I,ON,OFF  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9.Details of command AUTOＳＥＴEXE  
1
AUTOＳＥＴEXE  
Commands  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
AUTOＳＥＴEXE  
Function Auto setup  
Format  
AUTOSETEXE□<Auto set parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter Auto set parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
FOCUS Auto focusing  
VKS  
Auto keystone (vertical) execution  
Automatic screen color correction  
execution  
INPUT Automatic signal sensing execution  
SCRN  
ＩＤ  
The parameters which can be controlled at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response “i:OK” is returned when the automatic processing was completed successfully.  
One of the following responses is returned if an error has been detected at any part of the auto setup.  
Type  
Error response  
FOCUS  
VKS  
SCRN  
e:F002 SYSTEM (FOCUS)  
e:F004 SYSTEM (AUTO_KEYSTONE)  
e:F005 SYSTEM (SCREEN_COLOR)  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to execute auto setup.  
(1) It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
(2) There are no parameters to be executed together.　Execute them separately.  
(3) It is not possible to execute auto setup in some projector statuses.  
）
Statuses in which auto setup  
cannot be executed  
Type  
Remarks  
Auto setup cannot be executed Refer to the BLANK  
FOCUS  
VKS  
while "BLANK" is underway.  
－
Auto setup cannot be executed Refer to the BLANK  
command.  
SCRN  
while "BLANK" is underway.  
Auto setup cannot be executed  
if there are no input signals.  
command.  
INPUT  
When automatic screen color correction (SCRN) has been completed successfully, the screen color  
correction (WB) is set to "ADJUST."  
(4)  
Example Setting  
> AUTOSETEXE FOCUS  
Auto focusing is executed.  
< I:OK  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE AUTOSETEXE  
<r:AUTOSETEXE=I, FOCUS, VKS, SCRN, INPUT  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
○
－
○
－
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
SX60  
X600  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command BLANK  
1
BLANK  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
BLANK  
Function BLANK function  
Format  
BLANK=<BLANK parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter BLANK parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
ON  
OFF  
BLANK ON  
BLANK OFF  
ＩＤ  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to set the BLANK function.  
(1) This command functions only when the projector is in the "remote mode." It cannot be executed  
by a menu operation or button operation.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
(2) Only a black screen is displayed.  
）
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
(3) No input signals and none of the on-screen displays appear while BLANK is underway.  
(4) The “display setting,” "image adjustment" and other commands can be executed even while BLANK  
is underway.  
However, the “AUTOSETEXE=FOCUS” and “AUTOSETEXE=SCRN” commands cannot be executed.  
Refer to the AUTOSETEXE command.  
(5) The BLANK function is released in the following situations.  
a. When the POWER button on the remote control or panel has been pressed  
b. When power management standby countdown has started  
c. When the mode has been switched from remote to local  
d. Power Off  
(6) The current BLANK settings can be obtained using the GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> BLANK=ON  
< i:OK  
BLANK is set to ON.  
Reference  
> GET BLANK or ?BLANK  
g:BLANK=ON  
The current BLANK status is referenced.  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE BLANK  
< r:BLANK=I, OFF, ON  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
○
－
○
－
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
SX60  
X600  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command INPUT  
1
INPUT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
INPUT  
Function Input selection  
INPUT=<Input selection parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Input selection parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
Errors supported by model  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
D-RGB D-RGB  
A-RGB1 A-RGB1  
A-RGB2 A-RGB2  
COMP Component  
VIDEO Video  
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
ID  
S-VIDEO S-Video  
D-VIDEO Digital Video  
SCARTRGB  
SCART(RGB)  
×
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response  
"i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This controls the input selection.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
This command has the same function as the buttons listed in the table below.  
-2  
Model Button  
「Computer-1」、「〃-2」、「VIDEO/S」  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60 INPUT  
X600  
-3 When the model SX50 is used, "A-RGB2" and "COMP" cannot be selected if "OUT" has been  
set using the TERMINAL command. ('e:1001 TERMINAL_OUT' is returned.)  
-4 When the model SX6, SX60 or X600 is used, the input can be selected automatically using the  
auto setup command (AUTOSETEXE=INPUT).  
Refer to the AUTOSETEXE command.  
-5 The current input can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> INPUT=VIDEO  
VIDEO input selection  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET INPUT or ?INPUT  
< g:INPUT=A-RGB1  
This retrives the input signal  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE INPUT  
< r:INPUT=I, D-RGB, A-RGB1, A-RGB2, COMP, VIDEO, S-VIDEO, D-VIDEO, SCARTRGB  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command AUTOPC  
1
AUTOPC  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
AUTOPC  
Function Auto PC  
Format  
AUTOPC  
Parameter None  
Response  
'i:OK' is returned when control has been executed successfully.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description Auto PC execution  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
Furthermore, it may not be possible to execute the command with some input signals.  
-2 This command is identical to pressing the “AUTOPC” button on the remote control or front pane  
-3 Execution of this command may modify the following setting values.  
・Total number of dots  
・Tracking  
・Horizontal/vertical positions  
・Number of horizontal/vertical display dots  
-4 To confirm modified setting values, use the GET command of the respective parameter.  
For details, refer to the GET commands below.  
Setting  
Total number of dots  
Tracking  
Horizontal position  
Vertical position  
GET  
GET DOTS  
GET TRACK  
GET HPOS  
GET VPOS  
Number of horizontal display dots GET HPIX  
Number of vertical display dots GET VPIX  
Example > AUTOPC  
< i:OK  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command DOTS  
1
DOTS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
DOTS  
Function Total number of dots adjustment  
Format DOTS=<Number of dots: Number>  
Parameter Number of dots  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description 1 This designates the total number of dots for one horizontal period.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
Furthermore, it may not be possible to execute the command with some input signals.  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [Total number of dots adjustments]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [Total number of dots]  
X600  
-3  
The GET command can be used to obtain the current total number of dots.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> DOTS=1650  
The total number of dots is 1650.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET DOTS or ?DOTS  
< g:DOTS=1200  
This retrieves the total number of dots.  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
RANGE ＤＯＴＳ  
>
< r:DOTS=N, 0, 4096  
Any value from 0 to 4096 can be set for the total dots.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command TRACK  
1
TRACK  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
TRACK  
Function Tracking adjustment  
Format  
TRACK=<Adjustment value: Number>  
Parameter Adjustment value  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This is used for adjustment when tracking (synchronization) is out of sync and the screen flickers.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
Furthermore, it may not be possible to execute the command with some input signals.  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [Tracking]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [Tracking]  
X600  
-3 The GET command can be used to retrieve the current tracking adjustment values.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> TRACK=25  
< i:OK  
The tracking adjustment value is set to 25.  
Reference  
> GET TRACK or ?TRACK  
< g:TRACK=21  
This retrieves the tracking adjustment setting value.  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE TRACK  
< r:TRACK=N, 0, 31  
Any value from 0 to 31 can be set for the tracking.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command HPOS/VPOS  
1
HPOS/VPOS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
HPOS/VPOS  
Function Horizontal/Vertical position adjustment  
Format  
HPOS=<Horizontal position: Number>  
VPOS=<Vertical position: Number>  
Parameter Horizontal/vertical positions  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This adjusts the horizontal and vertical position on the screen.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
Furthermore, it may not be possible to execute the command with some input signals.  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [Horizontal position]  
[Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [Vertical position]  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
[Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [Horizontal position]  
[Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [Vertical position]  
-3 The GET command can be used to retrieve the current horizontal and vertical position.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> HPOS=12  
This sets the horizontal position to 12.  
This acquires the vertical position.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET VPOS or ?VPOS  
< g:VPOS=8  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE HPOS  
< r:HPOS=N, 0, 820  
Any value from 0 to 820 can be set for the  
horizontal position.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command HPIX/VPIX  
1
HPIX/VPIX  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
HPIX/ VPIX  
Function Horizontal/Vertical resolution adjustment  
Format  
HPIX=<Horizontal resolution: Number>  
VPIX=<Horizontal resolution: Number>  
Parameter Horizontal/vertical resolution  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This adjusts the horizontal and vertical resolution (number of dots) on the screen.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
Furthermore, it may not be possible to execute the command with some input signals.  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [No. of horizontal display dots]  
[Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [No. of vertical display dots]  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
[Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [No. of horizontal dots]  
[Display settings] - [Input signal settings] - [No. of vertical dots]  
-3 The GET command can be used to retrieve the current horizontal and vertical position.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> HPIX=1024  
This sets the horizontal resolution to 1024.  
This retrieves the vertical resolution.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET VPIX or ?VPIX  
<
g:VPIX= 864  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE VPIX  
< r:VPIX=N, 0, 1000  
Any value from 0 to 1000 can be set for the  
horizontal resolution.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command SEL  
1
SEL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
SEL  
Function Input signal selection  
Format  
SEL=<Input signal selection parameter: ID>  
Parameter Input signal selection parameter  
Parameter Meaning  
AUTO  
Auto  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This selects the input signal.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
Furthermore, it may not be possible to execute the command with some input signals.  
-2 This command takes effect only with the "AUTO" parameter setting.  
-3 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [Input signal selection] - [Auto]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [Input signal selection] - [Auto]  
X600  
-4 The current input signal can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Parameter Remarks  
PAL  
Includes PAL-M and PAL-N  
SECAM  
NTSC Includes NTSC4.43  
1080i  
1035i  
720p  
575p  
480p  
575i  
Includes 540p (1080i non-interlaced signal)  
Includes 288p (PAL non-interlaced signal)  
Includes 240p (NTSC non-interlaced signal)  
480i  
UNKNOWN No-color, 1080p, and other signals  
List of signals which can be detected  
Example Setting  
> SEL=AUTO  
This sets the input signal selection to “AUTO”.  
This retrieves the input signal.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET SEL or ?SEL  
< g:SEL=575p  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE SEL  
< r:SEL=I, AUTO  
Only "AUTO" can be set for the input signal selection.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command ASPECT  
1
ASPECT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
ASPECT  
Function Screen settings  
ASPECT=<Screen setting parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Screen setting parameters  
Errors supported by model  
Parameter Meaning  
AUTO Auto  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
○
○
○
○
–
○
○
○
○
–
○
○
○
NORMAL  
WIDE  
Normal  
Wide  
ID  
FULL  
TRUE  
Full screen  
Real  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the screen sizes.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
Furthermore, it may not be possible to execute the command with some input signals.  
-2  
The final screen settings are retained even when the power is turned off. However, the screen  
settings may be different if the input terminal or input signal is changed.  
-3 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [Screen settings]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [Aspect ratio]  
X600  
-4 The GET command can be used to retrieve the current screen display mode.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> ASPECT=WIDE  
This sets the screen size to WIDE.  
This retrieves the screen size.  
> i:OK  
Reference  
> GET ASPECT or ?ASPECT  
< g:ASPECT=TRUE  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE ASPECT  
< r:ASPECT=I, AUTO, NORMAL, WIDE  
"AUTO," "NORMAL" or "WIDE" can be set as the  
screen size.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model Parameter  
Power  
Input  
Mode  
OFF ON PM  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
AUTO  
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
×
–
–
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
NORMAL  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
WIDE  
–
–
SX50  
FULL  
–
–
TRUE  
×
×
×
–
–
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
AUTO  
WIDE  
FULL  
TRUE  
○
○
○
×
×
×
○
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
×
○
○
×
○
○
×
○
○
×
▼
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command IMAGE  
2
IMAGE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
IMAGE  
Function Image mode setting  
IMAGE=<Image mode setting parameter：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Image mode setting parameters  
Errors supported by model  
Parameter  
Meaning  
Standard  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
×
○
○
×
○
○
×
○
×
○
○
×
○
×
○
×
×
STANDARD  
PRESENTATION Presentation  
CINEMA  
SRGB  
ADOBE  
MOVIE  
Cinema  
sRGB  
ADOBE RGB  
Movie  
ID  
○
MOVIE_PHOTO Movie & Photo  
HOME_CINEMA Home theater  
○
×
×
○
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the image quality.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 The final settings for the image mode are retained even when the power is turned off.  
-3 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Image mode settings]  
SX6  
SX60 [Image adjustments] - [Image mode settings]  
X600  
-4 Changing the setting may modify the following setting values.  
Commands related to the  
Setting  
Remarks  
settings  
Brightness  
Contrast  
Sharpness  
Gamma adjustment  
Dynamic gamma  
Progressive  
BRI  
CONT  
SHARP  
GAMMA  
DGAMMA  
PROG  
Screen color correction/RGB WB/ WBRGB  
adjustment values  
For the SX50  
Saturation/hue  
Advanced color adjustment  
Memory color correction  
SAT/ HUE  
ACADJUST  
MEMCADJ  
For the SX50  
For the SX6, SX60 or X600  
RGB gain/offset adjustments RGBGAIN/RGBOFFSET For the SX6, SX60 or X600  
6AXR～Y  
6-axis color adjust  
-5 The current image quality can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> IMAGE=PRESENTATION  
This sets the image mode to "Presentation."  
This references the current image mode.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET IMAGE or ?IMAGE  
< g:IMAGE=CINEMA  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE IMAG  
< r:IMAGE=I, STANDARD, CINEMA, SRGB "STANDARD," "CINEMA" or "SRGB" can be set as  
the image mode.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
PAGE 27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
Supported Command States  
9. Details of command IMAGE  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command BRI  
1
BRI  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
BRI  
Function Brightness setting  
Format  
BRI=<Brightness setting: Number>  
Parameter Brightness setting (-20 to 20)  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the screen brightness.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Brightness]  
SX6  
SX60 [Image adjustments] - [Brightness]  
X600  
-3 The currently selected input signal and image mode are used for these settings.  
-4 The current brightness can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> BRI=-10  
This sets the brightness to -10.  
This retrieves the brightness.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET BRI or ?BRI  
< g:BRI=-10  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE BRI  
< r:BRI=N, -20, 20  
Any value from -20 to 20 can be set for the brightness.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command CONT  
1
CONT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
CONT  
Function Contrast setting  
Format  
CONT=<Contrast setting: Number>  
Parameter Contrast setting (-20 to 20)  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the screen contrast.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Contrast]  
SX6  
SX60 [Image adjustments] - [Contrast]  
X600  
-3 The currently selected input signal and image mode are used for these settings.  
-4 The current contrast can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> CONT=3  
This sets the contrast to +3.  
This retrieves the contrast.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET CONT or ?CONT  
< g:CONT=3  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE CONT  
< r:CONT=N, -20, 20  
Any value from -20 to 20 can be set for the contrast.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command SHARP  
1
SHARP  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
SHARP  
Function Sharpness setting  
Format  
SHARP=<Sharpness setting: Number>  
Parameter Sharpness setting (-4 to 4)  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the screen sharpness.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Sharpness]  
SX6  
SX60 [Image adjustments] - [Sharpness]  
X600  
-3 This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
-4 The current sharpness can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> SHARP=3  
This sets the contrast to 3.  
This retrieves the contrast.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET SHARP or ?SHARP  
< g:SHARP=3  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE SHARP  
< r:SHARP=N, -4, 4  
Any value from -4 to 4 can be set for the sharpness.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command GAMMA  
1
GAMMA  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GAMMA  
Function Gamma adjustment  
Format  
GAMMA=<Gamma adjustment: Number>  
Parameter Gamma adjustment (-4 to 4)  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This performs the Gamma adjustment.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Gamma]  
SX6  
SX60 [Image adjustments] - [Gamma]  
X600  
-3 This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
-4 The current gamma adjustment can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> GAMMA=-1  
This sets the gamma correction to –1.  
This retrieves the gamma correction.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET GAMMA or ?GAMMA  
< g:GAMMA=3  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE GAMMA  
< r:GAMMA=N, -4, 4  
Any value from -4 to 4 can be set for the gamma.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Details of command DGAMMA  
User Command Specifications  
1
DGAMMA  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
DGAMMA  
Function Dynamic gamma  
DGAMMA=<Dynamic gamma setting parameter：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Dynamic gamma setting parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
0
1
OFF  
ON  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description The command is used to set the dynamic gamma function to ON or OFF.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Dynamic gamma]  
SX6  
SX60 [Image adjustments] - [Advanced adjustments] - [Dynamic gamma]  
X600  
-3 This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
-4 The current dynamic gamma function status can be acquired using the applicable GET comman  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> DGAMMA=1  
< i:OK  
This sets the dynamic gamma function to ON.  
This retrieves the dynamic gamma function state.  
Reference  
> GET DGAMMA or ?DGAMMA  
< g:DGAMMA=1  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE DGAMMA  
< r:DGAMMA=I, 0, 1  
The dynamic gamma can be set using "0" or "1."  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command PROG  
2
PROG  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
PROG  
Function Progressive setting  
PROG=<Progressive conversion setting parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Progressive conversion setting parameters  
Errors supported by model  
Parameter  
Meaning  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
0
1
2
OFF  
ON  
AUTO  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to set the progressive conversion processing to ON or OFF.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
Furthermore, it may not be possible to execute the command with some input signals.  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Progressive]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [Progressive]  
X600  
-3 This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
-4 The menu display statuses are as listed in the table below by model.  
Model Menu display statuses, etc.  
If the input signals are "Component" signals of any of the following types, the  
signals cannot be processed even when "ON" has been selected as the  
progressive conversion setting to perform progressive conversion.  
SX50  
・1080i ・720p ・480p ・1035i ・575p  
When signals from a progressive source have been input, the progressive  
SX6 conversion setting can be selected, but the field will be blank on the menu.  
SX60  
If the input signals are "Component" signals of any of the following types, the  
X600 signals cannot be processed even when "ON" or "AUTO" has been selected as the  
progressive conversion setting to perform progressive conversion, but the value on  
the menu will change. However, the value will be grayed out.  
・1080i ・720p ・480p ・1035i ・575p  
(Reference)  
・1080i  
・1035i  
・720p ・480p With the SX50, IP_NOT_AVAILABLE is returned for both  
referencing and setting in response to the signals on the left.  
・575p  
-5  
The current value can be acquired using the applicable GET command. The significance of the  
acquired values is given in the table below.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Model Significance of acquired value  
Current progressive conversion processing status (1: conversion underway, 0:  
no conversion)  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60 Setting currently established for progressive conversion  
X600  
Example Setting  
> PROG=0  
This sets the progressive conversion setting to OFF.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
>
GET PROG or ?PROG  
This acquires the progressive conversion processing  
status.  
< g:PROG=1  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE PROG  
< r:PROG=I, 0, 1, 2  
"0," "1" or "2" can be selected as the progressive  
conversion setting.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
PAGE 34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command PROG  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command WB  
1
WB  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
WB  
Function Screen color correction  
WB=<Screen color correction parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Screen color correction parameters  
Parameter  
Meaning  
Standard  
Blackboard  
Adjust  
NORMAL  
GREENBOARD  
ADJUST  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description The screen color correction is set to “Normal”, “Blackboard”, or “Adjust”.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Screen color correction]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [Screen color correction]  
X600  
-3 When "ADJUST" has been selected, adjust the RGB adjustment values using the WBRGB  
command.  
-4 When the model SX50 is used, the currently selected input signal and image mode settings are  
established.  
When the model SX6, SX60 or X600 is used, a set of settings is established for the system.  
-5 The current screen color correction can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Control  
> WB=NORMAL  
i:OK  
This sets the screen color correction to “Normal”.  
This retrieves the screen color correction.  
<
Reference  
> GET WB or ?WB  
< g:WB=GREENBOARD  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE WB  
<
r:WB=I,NORMAL,GREENBOARD,ADJUST "NORMAL," "GREENBOARD" or "ADJUST" can be  
set for the screen color correction.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command WBRGB  
1
WBRGB  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
WBRGB  
Function Screen color correction (ADJUST)  
WBRGB=<R adjustment value: Number>▽<G adjustment value: Number>▽<B  
adjustment value: Number>  
Format  
Parameter RGB setting value (Each value –20 to 20)  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response An 'i:OK' is returned after setting is successful.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the RGB adjustment values of the screen color correction.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2  
Although this setting is enabled when Adjustment (ADJUST) is selected by the screen color  
correction command (WB), it can be made independently.  
-3 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Screen color correction] - [Adjustments]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [Screen color correction] - [Adjustments]  
X600  
-4 With this command, the R, G, and B values can be set in a single operation.  
-5 When the model SX50 is used, the currently selected input signal and image mode settings are  
When the model SX6, SX60 or X600 is used, a set of settings is established for the system.  
-6 The GET command can be used to retrieve the current RGB adjustment values.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> WBRGB=10, 11, 12  
This sets R to 10, G to 11, and B to 12.  
This retrieves the RGB adjustment values.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET WBRGB or ?WBRGB  
< g:WBRGB=-10, 0, 19  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE WBRGB  
< r:WBRGB=N,-20,20,-20,20,-20,20  
Any value from -20 to 20 can be set for each color  
as the RGB adjustment values.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command SAT  
1
SAT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
SAT  
Function Color saturation setting  
Format  
SAT=<Color saturation value setting: Number>  
Parameter Saturation setting (-20 to 20)  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the screen color saturation.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
Furthermore, it may not be possible to execute the command with some input signals.  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Saturation]  
SX6  
SX60 [Image adjustments] - [Color adjustments] - [Saturation]  
X600  
-3 This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
-4 The GET command can be used to retrieve the current color saturation.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> SAT=-10  
This sets the color saturation to –10.  
This retrieves the color saturation.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET SAT or ?SAT  
< g:SAT=1  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE SAT  
< r:SAT=N,-20,20  
Any value from -20 to 20 can be set for the saturation.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
×
–
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command HUE  
1
HUE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
HUE  
Function Hue setting  
HUE=<Hue setting value：Number>  
Format  
Parameter Hue setting (-20 to 20)  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the screen hue.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
Furthermore, it may not be possible to execute the command with some input signals.  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Hue]  
SX6  
SX60 [Image adjustments] - [Color adjustments] - [Hue]  
X600  
-3 An input signal is required when “VIDEO” or “S-VIDEO” is selected.  
-4 This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
-5 The GET command can be used to retrieve the current hue.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> HUE=8  
This sets the hue to +8.  
This retrieves the hue.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET HUE or ?HUE  
< g:HUE=1  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE HUE  
< r:HUE=N,-20,20  
Any value from -20 to 20 can be set for the hue.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
–
–
○
–
–
○
–
○
×
SX50  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
–
–
○
×
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
–
○
○
×
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RGBGAIN  
1
RGBGAIN  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RGBGAIN  
Function RGB gain adjustment  
Format RGBGAIN=<R gain setting：Number>▽<G gain setting：Number>▽<B gain setting：Number>  
Parameter RGB gain settings (from -20 to 20 for each value)  
Number  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at that time.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to adjust the gain of the R, G and B colors.  
(1)  
It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
This command functions in the same way as when "Image adjustments" - "Color adjustments" -  
"Red/green/blue gain" are selected on the menu.  
）
(2)  
(3)  
(4)  
This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
The current RGB gain values can be obtained using the GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> RGBGAIN=10, 11, 12  
< i:OK  
The R gain is set to 10, G gain to 11 and B gain to 12.  
The RGB gain values are obtained.  
Reference  
> GET RGBGAIN or ?RGBGAIN  
< g:RGBGAIN=-10, 0, 19  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE RGBGAIN  
< r:RGBGAIN=N,-20,20,-20,20,-20,20  
A number from -20 to 20 can be set for each color as  
the RGB gain values.  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RGBOFFSET  
1
RGBOFFSET  
Commands  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
RGBOFFSET  
Function RGB offset adjustment  
Format  
RGBOFFSET=<R offset setting：Number>▽<G offset setting：Number>▽<B offset  
setting：Number>  
Parameter RGB offset settings (-20 to 20 for each value)  
Number  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at that time.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to adjust the offset of the R, G and B colors.  
(1)  
It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
This command functions in the same way as when "Image adjustments" - "Color adjustments" -  
"Red/green/blue offset" are selected on the menu.  
）
(2)  
(3)  
(4)  
This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
The current RGB offset values can be obtained using the GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> RGBOFFSET=10, 11, 12  
< i:OK  
The R offset is set to 10, G offset to 11 and B offset to 12.  
The RGB offset values are obtained.  
Reference  
> GET RGBOFFSET or ?RGBOFFSET  
< g:RGBOFFSET=-10, 0, 19  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE RGBOFFSET  
< r:RGBOFFSET=N,-20,20,-20,20,-20,20  
A number from -20 to 20 can be set for each color as the  
RGB offset values.  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command ACADJUST  
1
ACADJUST  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
ACADJUST  
Function Advanced color adjustment  
ACADJUST=<Advanced color adjustment parameter：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Advanced color adjustment parameters  
Parameter  
Meaning  
NOCORRECT No adjustment  
MEM_L  
MEM_M  
MEM_H  
6AX  
Low memory color adjustment  
Medium memory color adjustment  
High memory color adjustment  
6-axis adjustment  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description  
The advanced color correction method is set by selecting from “No correction”, “Low to High  
memory color correction”, and “6-axis adjustment”.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is identical to the Color balance function in the Image adj. menu.  
-3  
In the case of "6-axis adjustment," set the hue and color saturation of each axis using the 6AXR  
to Y "6-axis correction R to Y hue/color saturation setting" commands.  
-4 This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
-5 The GET command can be used to retrieve the current color compensation method.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Control  
> ACADJUST=MEM_M  
The color correction is set to “Medium memory  
color adjustment”.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET ACADJUST or ?ACADJUST  
< g:ACADJUST=6AX  
This retrieves the color correction method.  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE ACADJUST  
<
r:ACADJUST=I,NOCORRECT,MEM_L,MEM_M,MEM_H,6AX  
"NO CORRECT," "MEM_L," "MEM_M,"  
"MEM_H" or "6AX" can be set as the  
color correction method.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
×
SX60  
01.01**  
×
X600  
01.01**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
–
○
×
–
×
–
×
–
×
–
○
○
○
–
–
–
–
○
○
×
–
SX50  
SX6  
–
–
–
–
–
–
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command MEMCADJ  
1
MEMCADJ  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
MEMCADJ  
Function Memory color adjustment  
Format  
MEMCADJ=<Memory color adjustment parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter Memory color adjustment parameters  
Parameter  
OFF  
Meaning  
No adjustment  
MEM_L  
MEM_M  
MEM_H  
Low memory color adjustment  
Medium memory color adjustment  
High memory color adjustment  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description  
This command is used to select no adjustment (OFF), low (MEM_L), medium (MEM_M) or high (MEM_H) as  
the memory color adjustment setting.  
(1)  
It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
This command functions in the same way as when "Image adjustments" - "Memory color  
adjustment" are selected on the menu.  
(3)  
(4)  
This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
The current memory color adjustment setting can be obtained using the GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Control  
> MEMCADJ=MEM_M  
< i:OK  
The color adjustment is set to “Medium memory color  
adjustment”.  
Reference  
> GET MEMCADJ or ?MEMCADJ  
< g:MEMCADJ=MEM_M  
The memory color adjustment level is obtained.  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE MEMCADJ  
< r:MEMCADJ=I,OFF,MEM_L,MEM_M,MEM_H  
No adjustment (OFF), low (MEM_L), medium (MEM_M)  
or high (MEM_H) can be set for the memory color  
adjustment.  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command 6AXADJ  
1
6AXADJ  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
6AXADJ  
Function 6-axis adjustment ON/OFF  
Format  
6AXADJ=<6-axis adjustment parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter  
Parameter Meaning  
ON  
OFF  
This sets the 6-axis adjustment to ON.  
This sets the 6-axis adjustment to OFF.  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to select ON or OFF for the 6-axis adjustment.  
(1)  
It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
In the case of "6-axis adjustment," set the hue and color saturation of each axis using the 6AXR to  
Y "6-axis correction R to Y hue/color saturation setting" commands.  
）
(2)  
(3)  
This command functions in the same way as when "Image adjustments" - "6-axis adjustment" are  
selected on the menu.  
(4) This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
(5)  
The current 6-axis adjustment setting can be obtained using the GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Control  
Example  
> 6AXADJ=ON  
< i:OK  
The 6-axis adjustment is set to ON.  
Reference  
> GET 6AXADJ or ?6AXADJ  
< g:6AXADJ=ON  
The 6-axis adjustment ON or OFF setting is obtained.  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE 6AXADJ  
< r:6AXADJ=I,ON,OFF  
The 6-axis adjustment can be set as "ON" or "OFF."  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command 6AXR-Ｙ  
User Command Specifications  
1
6AXR-Y  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
6AXR-Y  
Function 6-axis correction R-Y hue/saturation settings  
6AXR=<R hue: Number>▽<R saturation: Number>  
Format  
6AXG=<G hue: Number>▽<G saturation: Number>  
6AXB=<B hue: Number>▽<B saturation: Number>  
6AXC=<C hue: Number>▽<C saturation: Number>  
6AXM=<M hue: Number>▽<M saturation: Number>  
6AXY=<Y hue: Number>▽<Y saturation: Number>  
Parameter Setting values for hue and color saturation (–20 to 20)  
<Hue: Number>▽<Saturation: Number>  
Number  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the 6-axis correction of the hue and color saturation for R to Y.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2  
These commands take effect when 6-axis adjustment (6AX) has been selected by the  
advanced color adjustment command (ACADJUST) or when they have been set to valid using  
the 6-axis adjustment command (6AXADJ), and they can be set separately.  
-3 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Advanced color adjustments] - [6-axis color adjustments]  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
[Image adjustments] - [Advanced adjustments] - [6-axis color adjustments] -  
[Adjustments]  
-4 This sets the currently selected input signal and image mode.  
-5 The current color adjustment values can be acquired using the applicable GET commands.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> 6AXR=-8, 5  
The R hue is set to –8, and the color saturation is  
set to 5.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET 6AXR or ?6AXR  
This retrieves the R hue and color saturation.  
<
g:6AXR=12, -8  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE 6AXC  
< r:6AXC=N,-20,20,-20,20  
Any value from -20 to 20 can be set for the hue  
and saturation of the C (cyan) color.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command LAMP  
1
LAMP  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
LAMP  
Function Lamp output setting  
LAMP=<Lamp output setting parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Lamp output setting parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
NORMAL Normal  
SILENT Silent cooling  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to set the light quantity of the lamp to "NORMAL" or "SILENT" (reduced light  
quantity appropriate for silent cooling).  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Image adjustments] - [Lamp mode]  
SX6  
SX60 [Image adjustments] - [Lamp mode]  
X600  
-3 The current lamp output can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> LAMP=NORMAL  
< i:OK  
The lamp output is set to “NORMAL”.  
This retrieves the lamp output.  
Reference  
> GET LAMP or ?LAMP  
<
g:LAMP=SILENT  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE LAMP  
< r:LAMP=I, NORMAL, SILENT  
"NORMAL" or "SILENT" can be set for the lamp output.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command RESET  
1
RESET  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RESET  
Function Reset  
RESET□<Reset parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Reset parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
LAMPTIME Lamp on time reset  
IMAGE Current image adjustment reset  
SYSTEM Initial system settings  
ID  
ALL  
Factory settings  
Response An ‘i:OK’ is returned when the reset process is successful.  
Furthermore, the internal status established when a response other than the normal response  
("i:OK") has been returned is indeterminate.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This resets the projector settings.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2  
What can be specified by the reset parameters for each "reset type" is provided below.  
■ Reset of lamp on time  
(a) The counter indicating the lamp replacement period is reset.  
(b) This command is identical to the Reset function under Lamp counter in the System  
settings menu.  
(c) Execute this command after replacing the lamp.  
■ Current image adjustment reset  
(a) The adjustment settings of the currently-selected image mode are initialized.  
(b) This command is identical to the Reset function in the Image adj. menu.  
※
If there is an input signal, the image adjustment items are initialized and then the  
adjustment values are optimized for the signal.  
■ Reset of system settings  
(a) The following items are initialized.  
- Image adjustment items (all image modes)  
- Initial settings executed  
* For details, refer to 'RESET items' at the end of these specifications.  
(b)  
This command works in the same way as the menu [System settings] - [Initial settings]  
function.  
■ Factory settings  
(a) The following items are initialized.  
- Image adjustment items (all image modes)  
- Initial settings executed  
- Input source <-A-RGB2  
- Language <- English  
* For details, refer to 'RESET items' at the end of these specifications.  
-3 Notes  
(a) The power must never be turned off while this command is being executed!  
(b) After the 'Factory settings,' be absolutely sure to turn the power off and then restart.  
(c)  
'NO_SIGNAL' may be returned as the response to the command after 'Current image  
adjustment reset' or 'System initial setting' has been executed.  
Example Control  
RESET　LAMPTIME  
>
This resets the lamp on time.  
< i:OK  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command VKS/HKS  
1
VKS/HKS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
VKS/HKS  
Function Vertical/Horizontal keystone setting  
Format  
VKS=<Vertical keystone distortion value: Number>  
HKS=<Horizontal keystone distortion value: Number>  
Parameter Vertical/horizontal keystone distortion values  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the vertical and horizontal keystones.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is identical to pressing the “KEYSTONE” button on the remote control or front pa  
-3 The settable keystone range varies depending on the input signal, screen size, number of  
horizontal and vertical dots, and other factors.  
-4  
Changing the vertical keystone value modifies the setting range of the horizontal keystone  
value, and changing the horizontal keystone value modifies the setting range of the vertical  
-5 Use the “RANGE” command to obtain the range of settable values immediately before setting  
the vertical value and horizontal value.  
-6 The GET command can be used to obtain the current vertical/horizontal keystone value.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> VKS=-23  
This sets the vertical keystone to –23.  
This sets the horizontal keystone to 10.  
< i:OK  
> HKS=10  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET VKS or ?VKS  
This retrieves the vertical keystone.  
This retrieves the horizontal keystone.  
<
g:VKS=-23  
> GET HKS or ?HKS  
< g:HKS=-23  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE HKS  
< r:HKS=N,-30,30  
Any value from -30 to 30 can be set for the horizontal  
keystone distortion.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command AVOL  
1
AVOL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
AVOL  
Function Audio volume adjustment  
Format  
AVOL=<Audio volume level: Number>  
Parameter Audio volume level (0 to 20)  
The RANGE command can be used to obtain the parameter range that can be set at  
that time.  
Number  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This adjusts the volume.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 The final beep sound setting is retained even when the power is turned off.  
-3 This command has the same function as the buttons listed in the table below.  
Model Button  
SX50 'VOL+' and 'VOL-' on the remote control  
SX6  
SX60 'VOL' on the remote control  
X600  
-4 The volume level can be set even while the sound is muted, but the sound will remain muted.  
-5 The GET command can be used to retrieve the current volume.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> AVOL=18  
This sets the volume to 18.  
This retrieves the volume.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET AVOL or ?AVOL  
< g:AVOL=18  
Obtain settable parameter range (Min, Max)  
> RANGE AVOL  
< r:AVOL=N,0,20  
Any value from 0 to 20 can be set for the volume level.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command MUTE  
1
MUTE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
MUTE  
Function Mute control  
Format  
MUTE=<Mute control parameter: ID>  
Parameter Mute control parameter  
Parameter Meaning  
ON  
OFF  
This turns off the audio/beep sound.  
This returns the audio/beep sound to its original setting.  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to set the sound output muting to ON or OFF.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 The mute setting is always "OFF" when the power has just been turned on.  
-3 This command is identical to pressing the MUTE button on the remote control.  
-4 Mute control enables simultaneous control of the audio and beep sound.  
-5 The current muting status can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> MUTE=ON  
This mutes the volume.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET MUTE or ?MUTE  
This retrieves the volume state.  
<
g:MUTE=ON  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE MUTE  
r:MUTE=I,　ON, OFF  
<
"ON" or "OFF" can be set for muting control.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command BVOL  
1
BVOL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
BVOL  
Function BEEP sound setting  
Format  
BVOL=<Beep sound setting: Number>  
Parameter Beep sound setting  
Parameter Meaning  
0
1
BEEP sound mute  
BEEP sound output  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the BEEP sound output.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is identical to the Beep function in the System settings menu.  
-3 The beep sound can be set even while the sound is muted, but it will not sound even if (beep  
sound output) has been set.  
-4 The current beep sound output status can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> BVOL=0  
< i:OK  
This mutes the BEEP sound.  
Reference  
> GET BVOL or ?BVOL  
This retrieves the BEEP sound output state.  
<
g:BVOL=1  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE BVOL  
< r:BVOL=I, 0, 1  
"0" or "1" can be selected as the beep sound setting.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command IMAGEFLIP  
1
IMAGEFLIP  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
IMAGEFLIP  
Function Flip display  
IMAGEFLIP=<Image flip setting parameters ：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Image flip setting parameters  
Parameter  
Meaning  
None  
Ceiling  
Rear  
Remarks  
Flip horizontally  
NONE  
CEILING  
REAR  
Flip vertically  
ID  
Flip horizontally and vertically  
REAR_CEILING Rear ceiling  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to flip the screen display in various ways (vertically or horizontally).  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [Flip display]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [Flip display]  
X600  
-3  
When the display is flipped, the "keystone distortion" settings are initialized (set to HKS:0,  
VKS:0).  
-4 The current flip display status can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> IMAGEFLIP=REAR  
This displays the image backwards (flip  
vertically) on the screen.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET IMAGEFLIP or ?IMAGEFLIP  
This retrieves the flip display state.  
< g:IMAGEFLIP=REAR_CEILING  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE IMAGEFLIP  
<
r:IMAGEFLIP=I,NONE,CEILING,REAR,REAR_CEILING  
"NONE," "CEILING," "REAR" or "REAR  
CEILING" can be selected as the flip  
display setting.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command PMM  
1
PMM  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
PMM  
Function Power management  
PMM=<Power management setting parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Power management setting parameters  
Parameter  
Meaning  
OFF  
STANDBY  
EXIT  
OFF  
Standby mode  
Exit mode  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets Power management mode.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [System settings] - [Power management modes]  
SX6  
SX60 [System settings] - [Power management modes]  
X600  
-2  
-3  
With the SX6, SX60 or X600, power management cannot be set to OFF if ON has been  
selected as the direct power-on setting (DPON=ON). ("e:1005 DIRECT_POWER_ON" is  
The projector behaves as follows with the power management setting and in the remote mode.  
Model Projector behavior  
In the remote mode, the power management setting is ignored.  
This setting takes effect only when the local mode is established.  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
Even in the remote mode, the projector operates as per the power management  
setting.  
However, when it starts operating, it is automatically transferred to the "local  
mode."  
-4 The current power management mode can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> PMM=STANDBY  
This sets the power management to "standby."  
This retrieves the Power management mode.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
>
GET PMM or ?PMM  
< g:PMM=EXIT  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE PMM  
< r:PMM=I, OFF, STANDBY, EXIT "OFF," "STANDBY" or "EXIT" can be set for the power  
management.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command PJON  
1
PJON  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
PJON  
Function Display screen at startup setting  
PJON=<Parameters for setting display screen at startup;ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Parameters for setting display screen at startup  
Parameter Meaning  
CANON Canon logo  
SKIP  
No display  
LOGO User screen  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the screen displayed at startup.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [User screen settings] - [Screen at startup]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [User screen settings] - [Screen at startup]  
X600  
-3  
To select the user screen (LOGO), the user image must be registered ahead of time. (If the  
user image is not registered, "e:1002 NO_LOGO_CAPTURED" is returned.)  
-4 The GET command can be used to obtain the current screen displayed at startup.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> PJON=CANON  
This sets the startup screen to “Canon logo”.  
This retrieves the startup screen.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
>
GET PJON or ?PJON  
< g:PJON=SKIP  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE PJON  
"CANON," "SKIP" or "LOGO" can be set for the display  
screen at startup.  
< r:PJON=I, CANON, SKIP, LOGO  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command NOSIG  
1
NOSIG  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
NOSIG  
Function Display screen when no signal setting  
NOSIG=<Parameters for setting display screen in no-signal mode：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Parameters for setting display screen in no-signal mode  
Parameter Meaning  
BLACK Black screen  
BLUE Blue screen  
LOGO User screen  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the display screen when no image signals are input.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [User screen settings] - [Screen in no-signal mode]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [User screen settings] - [Screen in no-signal mode]  
X600  
-3  
To select the user screen (LOGO), the user image must be registered ahead of time. (If the  
user image is not registered, "e:1002 NO_LOGO_CAPTURED" is returned.)  
-4 The GET command can be used to obtain the current display screen at no signal.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> NOSIG=BLUE  
This sets the “Blue” screen when no signals are input.  
This retrieves the screen when no signals are input.  
< i:Ok  
Reference  
>
GET NOSIG or ?NOSIG  
< g:NOSIG=LOGO  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE NOSIG  
< r:NOSIG=I, BLACK, BLUE, LOGO "BLACK," "BLUE" or "LOGO" can be set for the display  
screen in the no-signal mode.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command NOSHOW  
1
NOSHOW  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
NOSHOW  
Function Display screen setting when nothing shown  
NOSHOW=<Parameters for setting display screen in no show status ：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Parameters for setting display screen in no show status  
Parameter Meaning  
BLACK Black screen  
BLUE Blue screen  
LOGO User screen  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to set the screen which is to appear in the no show status.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [User screen settings] - [Screen in no show status]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [User screen settings] - [Screen in no show status]  
X600  
-3  
To select the user screen (LOGO), the user image must be registered ahead of time. (If the  
user image is not registered, "e:1002 NO_LOGO_CAPTURED" is returned.)  
-4 The GET command can be used to obtain the current display screen when nothing is shown.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> NOSHOW=LOGO  
This sets the “User” screen when nothing is displayed.  
This retrieves the screen shown when nothing is displayed.  
< Ok  
Reference  
>
GET NOSHOW or ?NOSHOW  
< g:NOSHOW=LOGO  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE NOSHOW  
< r:NOSHOW=BLACK,BLUE,LOGO  
"BLACK," "BLUE" or "LOGO" can be set for the display  
screen in the no show status.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Details of command LOGOPOS  
User Command Specifications  
1
LOGOPOS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
LOGOPOS  
Function User image position setting  
LOGOPOS=<User image position setting parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter User image position setting parameters  
Parameter  
Meaning  
Upper left  
Upper right  
Center  
UPPER_L  
UPPER_R  
CENTER  
LOWER_L  
LOWER_R  
Lower left  
Lower right  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the logo display position.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [Display settings] - [User screen settings] - [User image position]  
SX6  
SX60 [Display settings] - [User screen settings] - [User image position]  
X600  
-3  
This setting cannot be made unless the user screen is registered beforehand.  
(Error "e:1002 NO_LOGO_CAPTURED" is returned.)  
-4 The current display position can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> LOGOPOS=UPPER_R  
< i:OK  
This sets the logo display position to the upper right.  
This retrieves the logo display position.  
Reference  
> GET LOGOPOS or ?LOGOPOS  
< g:LOGOPOS=LOWER_L  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE LOGOPOS  
< r:LOGOPOS=I,UPPER_L,UPPER_R,CENTER,LOWER_L,LOWER_R  
"UPPER_L," "UPPER_R,"  
"CENTER," "LOWER_L" or  
"LOWER_R" can be set as the  
user image position.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Details of command LANG  
User Command Specifications  
1
LANG  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
LANG  
Function Language select  
LANG=<Language selection parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Language selection parameters  
Errors supported by model  
Parameter  
Meaning  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
ENG  
FRA  
GER  
ITA  
English  
French  
German  
Italian  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
SPA  
POR  
SWE  
DUT  
RUS  
CHS  
CHT  
KOR  
JPN  
FIN  
NOR  
TUR  
POL  
HUN  
CZE  
DAN  
Spanish  
Portuguese  
Swedish  
Dutch  
Russian  
Chinese (simplified)  
Chinese (traditional)  
Korean  
Japanese  
Finnish  
Norwegian  
Turkish  
Polish  
ID  
Hungarian  
Czech  
Danish  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This switches the screen display language.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [System settings] - [Languages]  
SX6  
SX60 [System settings] - [Languages]  
X600  
-3 The currently set language can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> LANG=SWE  
This sets the display language to “Swedish”.  
This retrieves the language.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET LANG or ?LANG  
< g:LANG=SWE  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE LANG  
<
r:LANG=I,ENG,FRA,GER,ITA,SPA,POR,SWE,DUT,RUS,CHS,CHT,KOR,JPN,FIN,NOR,TUR,  
POL,HUN,CZE,DAN  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
０１．００**  
○
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command TERMINAL  
1
TERMINAL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
TERMINAL  
Function Terminal setting  
TERMINAL=<Terminal setting parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Terminal setting parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
IN  
OUT  
This sets to input  
This sets to output  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This sets the input/output of the RGB-IN2/COMPONENT IN/RGB OUT terminals.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
-2 This command is identical to the Terminal command in the System settings menu.  
-3  
The “OUT” (output) setting cannot be made when the “A-RGB2” or “COMP” input is selected!  
-4 The current terminal setting can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> TERMINAL=IN  
This sets to input  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET TERMINAL or ?TERMINAL  
< g:TERMINAL=OUT  
This retrieves the terminal setting state.  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE TERMINAL  
< r:TERMINAL=I, IN, OUT  
"IN" or "OUT" can be selected as the terminal setting.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
×
SX60  
01.01**  
×
X600  
01.01**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Parameter  
Power  
Input  
Mode  
OFF ON PM  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
IN  
SX50  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
OUT  
×
×
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'TERMINAL_OUT' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command KEYLOCK  
1
KEYLOCK  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
KEYLOCK  
Function Keylock setting  
KEYLOCK=<Key lock setting parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Key lock setting parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
OFF  
MAIN  
RC  
No locking (OFF)  
Main key lock  
Remote control key lock  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to lock the keys so as to restrict the operations performed using the remote  
control or main unit.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is the same as the menu functions in the table below.  
Model Menu  
[System settings] - [Key lock]  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60 [System settings] - [Key lock]  
X600  
-3  
This command will not affect the emulation function (remote control or main unit commands)  
even if the main unit or remote control keys are locked!  
-4 The current key lock setting can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> KEYLOCK=RC  
This locks the remote control keys.  
This retrieves the key lock state.  
< i:OK  
Reference  
> GET KEYLOCK or ?KEYLOCK  
< g:KEYLOCK=OFF  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE KEYLOCK  
< r:KEYLOCK=I,OFF,MAIN,RC  
"OFF," "MAIN" or "RC" can be selected as the key  
lock setting.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command RCCH  
1
RCCH  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RCCH  
Function Remote control setting  
RCCH=<Remote control setting parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Remote control setting parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
1
2
Remote control channel 1  
Remote control channel ２  
ID  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to set the channel of the remote control used at the projector end to 1 or 2.  
-1 It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the  
same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 This command is identical to the Remote control function in the System settings menu.  
Model Menu  
SX50 [System settings] - [Remote control]  
SX6  
SX60 [System settings] - [Other settings] - [Remote control]  
X600  
-3 The current remote control setting can be acquired using the applicable GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Example Setting  
> RCCH=1  
< i:OK  
This sets the remote control channel to ch1.  
This retrieves the remote control setting state.  
Reference  
> GET RCCH or ?RCCH  
< g:RCCH=2  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE RCCH  
< r:RCCH=I, 1, 2  
"1" or "2" can be set as the remote control channel.  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command GUID  
1
GUIDE  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
GUIDE  
Function Guide setting  
Format  
GUIDE=<Guide setting parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter Guide setting parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
ON  
OFF  
Guide display ON  
Guide display OFF  
ＩＤ  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to set the guide function display to ON or OFF.  
(1)  
It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
This command functions in the same way as when "System settings" - "Guide" are selected on the  
menu.  
）
(2)  
(3)  
However, the guide is cleared immediately when "GUIDE=OFF" is received while the guide is displayed.  
The current guide setting can be obtained using the GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Setting  
Example  
> GUIDE=ON  
< i:OK  
The guide display is set to ON.  
Reference  
> GET GUIDE or ?GUIDE  
< g:GUIDE=ON  
The guide display setting status is obtained.  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE GUIDE  
< r:GUIDE=I, OFF, ON  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command DPON  
1
DPON  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
DPON  
Function Direct power-on setting  
Format  
DPON=<Direct power-on setting parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter Direct power-on setting parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
ON  
OFF  
This sets direct power-on to ON.  
This sets direct power-on to OFF.  
ＩＤ  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to set direct power-on function to ON or OFF.  
(1)  
It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
(2) This command functions in the same way as when "System settings" - "Direct power-on" are  
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
selected on the menu.  
(3) Direct power-on cannot be set to ON when "OFF" has been selected as the power management  
setting.  
("e:1004 POWER_MANAGEMENT_OFF" is returned.)  
The current direct power-on setting can be obtained using the GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
(5)  
Setting  
Example  
> DPON=ON  
< i:OK  
Direct power-on is set to ON.  
Reference  
> GET DPON or ?DPON  
The current direct power-on setting is obtained.  
<
g:DPON=ON  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE DPON  
< r:DPON=I,ON,OFF  
"ON" or "OFF" can be set for direct power-on.  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command LEDILLUMINATE  
1
LEDILLUMINATE  
Commands  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
LEDILLUMINATE  
Function Emotional LED and signal sensing LED lighting control  
Format LEDILLUMINATE=<LED lighting control setting parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter LED lighting control setting parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
ON  
OFF  
This sets the LED display to ON.  
This sets the LED display to OFF.  
ＩＤ  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned if the parameter was set properly.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to control the lighting of the emotional LED and signal sensing LED.  
(1)  
It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
(3)  
This command functions in the same way as when "System settings" - "LED illumination" are  
selected on the menu.  
The current LED illumination setting can be obtained using the GET command.  
For details, refer to the GET command.  
Setting  
Example  
>
<
LEDILLUMINATE=ON  
i:OK  
The LED display is set to ON.  
Reference  
> GET LEDILLUMINATE or ?LEDILLUMINATE  
The ON or OFF setting for the LED display is  
obtained.  
<
g:LEDILLUMINATE=ON  
Acquisition of parameters which can be set  
> RANGE LEDILLUMINATE  
< r:LEDILLUMINATE=I, ON, OFF  
"ON" or "OFF" can be set for the LED display.  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
０１．０１**  
０１．０１**  
０１．０１**  
○
○
○
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command ZSTEPDRV  
1
ZSTEPDRV  
Commands  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
ZSTEPDRV  
Function Zoom lens step drive control  
Format  
ZSTEPDRV=<Zoom lens step control parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter Zoom lens step control parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
WIDE  
TELE  
This zooms to the wide-angle end.  
This zooms to the telephoto end.  
ＩＤ  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned when zooming was completed successfully after step drive.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to initiate the step drive of the zoom lens.  
(1)  
It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
This command functions in the same way as when first the "ZOOM" button on the remote control or  
main unit panel is pressed and then the "←" or "→" button is pressed.  
The amount by which the lens is zoomed is constant, and it is fixed in the system.  
If a zooming error occurs, step drive cannot be controlled.  
(3)  
(4)  
Control  
Example  
> ZSTEPDRV=TELE  
< I:OK  
1-step control is exercised over the zoom toward the TELE end.  
Range acquisition  
> RANGE ZSTEPDRV  
< r:ZSTEPDRV=I, WIDE, TELE  
"WIDE" or "TELE" can be set as the step control of the zoom.  
SX50  
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command ZCONTDRV  
1
ZCONTDRV  
Commands  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
ZCONTDRV  
Function Zoom lens continuous drive control  
Format  
ZCONTDRV=<Zoom lens continuous control parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter Zoom lens continuous control parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
STOP  
WIDE  
TELE  
This stops the zooming.  
This zooms to the wide-angle end.  
This zooms to the telephoto end.  
ＩＤ  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned when the drive was completed successfully.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to drive the zoom lens continuously.  
(1) It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, only the "STOP" parameter takes effect while the zoom lens is being driven, and a "busy"  
response is given while the focus lens is being driven.  
（
）
Refer to the FCONTDRV command.  
(2) This command functions in the same way as when first the "ZOOM" button on the remote control or  
main unit panel is pressed and then the "↑" or "↓" button is pressed.  
(3) Zoom drive is started by specifying "TELE" or "WIDE."　To stop the drive, add the "STOP"  
parameter and send this command.  
If no instruction was given to stop the drive, the drive stops at the drive direction end.  
(4) The following commands are acknowledged during zoom drive, but zoom drive will also stop at the  
same time.  
▼
In the case of any other commands, "i:BUSY (ZOOM)" is returned unconditionally, and zoom drive  
continues.  
a. REMOTE  
b. LOCAL  
c. POWER  
d. ZCONTDRV=STOP  
(5) The following commands are acknowledged during zoom drive, and a response is returned while the  
drive continues.  
a. GET MODE  
e. GET PRODCODE  
f. GET ROMVER  
g. GET COMVER  
b. GET POWER  
c. GET ERR  
d. GET LAMPCOUNTER  
(6)  
Zoom drive stops when the "POWER" button on the remote control or main unit panel is pressed  
during zoom drive.  
Example Control  
> ZCONTDRV=TELE  
< I:OK  
Control over the zooming to the telephoto end is started.  
Range acquisition  
> RANGE ZCONTDRV  
< r:ZCONTDRV = I, STOP, WIDE, TELE  
"STOP," "WIDE" or "TELE" can be set for zoom lens  
continuous drive.  
SX50  
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command FSTEPDRV  
1
FSTEPDRV  
Commands  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
FSTEPDRV  
Function Focus lens step drive control  
Format  
FSTEPDRV=<Focus lens step control parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter Focus lens step control parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
FAR  
NEAR  
This initiates focusing toward the far end.  
This initiates focusing toward the near end.  
ＩＤ  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned when zooming was completed successfully after step drive.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to drive the focus lens.  
(1) It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
This command functions in the same way as when first the "FOCUS" button on the remote control  
or main unit panel is pressed and then the "←" or "→" button is pressed.  
The amount by which the lens is focused is constant, and it is fixed for the system.  
If a focusing error occurs, step drive cannot be controlled.  
(3)  
(4)  
Control  
Example  
> FSTEPDRV=NEAR  
< I:OK  
1-step control is exercised over the zoom toward the  
NEAR end.  
Range acquisition  
> RANGE FSTEPDRV  
< r:FSTEPDRV=I, FAR, NEAR  
"FAR" or "NEAR" can be set for focus step control.  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command FCONTDRV  
1
FCONTDRV  
Commands  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
FCONTDRV  
Function Focus lens continuous drive control  
Format  
FCONTDRV=<Focus lens continuous control parameter：ＩＤ>  
Parameter Focus lens continuous control parameters  
Parameter Meaning  
STOP  
FAR  
NEAR  
This stops the focusing.  
This initiates focusing toward the far end.  
This initiates focusing toward the near end.  
ＩＤ  
The parameters which can be set at any given point in time can be obtained using the  
RANGE command.  
For details, refer to the RANGE command.  
Response "i:OK" is returned when the drive was completed successfully.  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to drive the focus lens.  
(1)  
It can be executed when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at the same  
time.  
However, only the "STOP" parameter takes effect while the focus lens is being driven, and a "busy"  
response is given while the zoom lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
This command functions in the same way as when first the "FOCUS" button on the remote control  
or main unit panel is pressed and then the "↑" or "↓" button is pressed.  
(3) Focus drive is started by specifying "NEAR" or "FAR."　To stop the drive, add the "STOP"  
parameter and send this command.  
If no instruction was given to stop the drive, the drive stops at the drive direction end.  
(4) The following commands are acknowledged during focus drive, but focus drive will also stop at the  
same time.  
▼
In the case of any other commands, "i:BUSY (FOCUS)" is returned unconditionally, and focus drive  
continues.  
a. REMOTE  
b. LOCAL  
c. POWER  
d. FCONTDRV=STOP  
(5) The following commands are acknowledged during focus drive, and a response is returned while the  
drive continues.  
a. GET MODE  
e. GET PRODCODE  
f. GET ROMVER  
g. GET COMVER  
b. GET POWER  
c. GET ERR  
d. GET LAMPCOUNTER  
(6)  
Focus drive stops when the "POWER" button on the remote control or main unit panel is pressed  
during focus drive.  
Example Control  
> FCONTDRV=NEAR  
< I:OK  
Control over the focusing to the near end is started.  
Range acquisition  
> RANGE FCONTDRV  
< r:FCONTDRV=I, STOP, FAR, NEAR  
"STOP," "FAR" or "NEAR" can be set for focus  
lens continuous drive.  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:0002 INVALID_COMMAND" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command RC  
2
RC  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RC  
Function Remote control operation emulate  
RC□<Remote control emulation button parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Remote control emulation button parameters  
The key assignment for the remote control emulation buttons is as follows.  
Remote control  
button  
Errors supported by model  
Parameter  
POWER  
Remarks  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
POWER  
○
○
○
○
○
POWER button  
pressed twice  
-
POWER_OFF  
○
○
○
MENU  
AUTO SET  
COMPUTER1  
COMPUTER2  
VIDEO  
MENU  
AUTOSET  
COMPUTER1  
COMPUTER2  
VIDEO  
○
×
○
○
○
×
○
○
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
INPUT  
INPUT  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
AUTOPC  
KEYSTONE  
AUTOPC  
KEYSTONE  
UP  
UP+REP  
DOWN  
DOWN+REP  
LEFT  
LEFT+REP  
RIGHT  
RIGHT+REP  
OK  
R_CLICK  
P_UP  
P_UP+REP  
P_DOWN  
P_DOWN+REP  
IMAGE  
○
○
○
×
○
×
○
×
○
×
○
○
○
×
○
×
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
×
UP  
Button press start  
Button press start  
Button press start  
Button press start  
DOWN  
LEFT  
RIGHT  
ID  
OK  
R_CLICK  
PAGE ▲  
PAGE ▼  
Button press start  
Button press start  
IMAGE  
FREEZE  
VOL +  
VOL -  
VOL  
NOSHOW  
MUTE  
P-TIMER  
FREEZE  
VOL_P  
VOL_M  
VOL  
NOSHOW  
MUTE  
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
P_TIMER  
DZOOM_P  
DZOOM_P+REP  
DZOOM_M  
DZOOM_M+REP  
SPOT  
DZOOM +  
Button press start  
Button press start  
○
×
○
×
×
×
DZOOM_M  
SPOT  
FOCUS  
ZOOM  
-
FOCUS  
ZOOM  
*-REP  
Button press end  
*Use the application to adjust the time between pressing of keys.  
PAGE 69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command RC  
Response "i:OK" is returned when the button press request has been acknowledged successfully.  
(It does not indicate if the operation for the pressed button was executed properly.)  
Description This emulates pressing of the remote control buttons for controlling the projector.  
-1 It can only be used during Local mode.  
■ Note 1  
With the emulation of the remote control operations, the functions of the buttons corresponding  
to the parameters cannot necessarily be executed.  
Emulation simply consists in emulating the pressing of the buttons.  
■ Note 2  
The following functions are unavailable in remote control emulation.  
- USB mouse function  
- Function for transfer to special mode (service mode)  
■ Note 3  
A parameter with '+REP' signifies "button press start."　(This is the same as the status in which  
the remote control button is held down.)  
Be absolutely sure to send the '*-REP' parameter, and end the button pressing last of all.  
The button pressing is ended in the cases below as well.  
<1> When a panel or remote control button has been operated  
<2> When an 'RC' or 'MAIN' command has been received  
<3> When operation has transferred to the remote mode  
Example Setting  
> RC POWER  
< i:Ok  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
×
×
○
○
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' is returned as an error response.  
PAGE 70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command MAIN  
1
ＭＡＩＮ  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
ＭＡＩＮ  
Function Front panel operation emulation  
MAIN□<Main unit panel emulation button parameters：ＩＤ>  
Format  
Parameter Main unit panel emulation button parameters  
The key assignments for the front panel buttons are shown below.  
Remote control  
button  
Errors supported by model  
Parameter  
POWER  
Remarks  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
POWER  
○
○
○
○
○
POWER button  
pressed twice  
–
POWER_OFF  
○
○
○
MENU  
AUTO SET  
COMPUTER1  
COMPUTER2  
VIDEO  
INPUT  
AUTOPC  
KEYSTONE  
MENU  
AUTOSET  
COMPUTER1  
COMPUTER2  
VIDEO  
○
×
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
×
○
×
○
×
○
×
○
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
INPUT  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
AUTOPC  
KEYSTONE  
UP  
UP+REP  
DOWN  
DOWN+REP  
LEFT  
LEFT+REP  
RIGHT  
RIGHT+REP  
OK  
FOCUS  
ZOOM  
*-REP  
ID  
UP  
Button press start  
Button press start  
Button press start  
Button press start  
DOWN  
LEFT  
RIGHT  
OK  
FOCUS  
ZOOM  
–
Button press end  
×
*Use the application to adjust the time between pressing of keys.  
Response "i:OK" is returned when the button press request has been acknowledged successfully.  
(It does not indicate if the operation for the pressed button was executed properly.)  
Description This emulates the pressing of the front panel buttons for controlling the projector.  
-1 It can only be used during Local mode.  
■ Note 1  
With the emulation of the front panel operations, the functions of the buttons corresponding to  
the parameters cannot necessarily be executed. Emulation simply consists in emulating the  
pressing of the buttons.  
■ Note 2  
A parameter with '+REP' signifies "button press start."　(This is the same as the status in which  
the front panel button is held down.)  
Be absolutely sure to send the '*-REP' parameter, and end the button pressing last of all.  
The button pressing is ended in the cases below as well.  
<1> When a panel or remote control button has been operated  
<2> When an 'RC' or 'MAIN' command has been received  
<3> When operation has transferred to the remote mode  
Example Setting  
> MAIN FOCUS  
< i:OK  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
×
×
○
○
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' is returned as an error response.  
PAGE 71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET  
Function Retrieve each data  
GET□ <Parameter>  
Format  
?△<Parameter>  
Parameter  
Parameter  
MODE  
POWER  
BLANK  
INPUT  
DOTS  
TRACK  
HPOS  
VPOS  
Meaning  
Mode  
Power supply state  
BLANK status  
Input state  
Total dot number  
Tracking  
Horizontal position  
Vertical position  
Horizontal resolution  
Vertical resolution  
Input  
signal  
settings  
HPIX  
VPIX  
SEL  
Input signal  
Screen size  
Image settings  
ASPECT  
IMAGE  
BRI  
Brightness setting  
CONT  
Contrast setting  
SHARP  
GAMMA  
DGAMMA  
PROG  
Sharpness setting  
Gamma correction  
Dynamic gamma  
Progressive  
WB  
WBRGB  
SAT  
Screen color correction methods  
Screen color correction (RGB)  
Color saturation setting  
Hue setting  
HUE  
RGBGAIN  
RGBOFFSET  
ACADJUST  
MEMCADJ  
6AXADJ  
6AXR  
RGB gain adjustment  
RGB offset adjustment  
Advanced color adjustment methods  
Memory color correction  
6-axis adjustment ON/OFF  
R Setting  
6AXG  
6AXB  
6AXC  
6AXM  
G Setting  
ID  
6-axis  
B Setting  
color  
C Setting  
adjust  
M Setting  
6AXY  
Y Setting  
VKS  
HKS  
AVOL  
Vertical keystone distortion values  
Horizontal keystone distortion values  
Volume adjustment  
MUTE  
Mute status  
BVOL  
IMAGEFLIP  
PMM  
Beep sound setting status  
Flip display status  
Power management  
PJON  
Display screen at startup setting  
NOSIG  
NOSHOW  
LOGOPOS  
LANG  
Display screen when there are no signals setting  
Display screen when nothing shown  
User image position  
Language  
LAMP  
Lamp output  
TERMINAL  
KEYLOCK  
RCCH  
Terminal setting  
Key lock  
Remote control Ch  
GUIDE  
DPON  
Guide display setting  
Direct power-on setting  
LEDILLUMINATE LED display setting  
NOSHOWSTATE No show status  
FREEZE  
Freeze status  
SIGNALSTATUS Signal status detection  
LAMPCOUNTER Lamp on time  
ERR  
Error information  
Production code  
ROM version  
PRODCODE  
ROMVER  
COMVER  
User command version  
PAGE 72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET MODE  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET MODE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET MODE  
Function Current control mode inquiry  
Format  
GET□MODE  
?△MODE  
Response  
g:MODE=<Mode：ＩＤ>  
Mode  
Meaning  
LOCAL The local mode is currently established.  
REMOTE The remote mode is currently established.  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current control mode.  
-1 For details on the control modes of the user commands, refer to the control mode.  
-2 This inquiry can be executed in any status provided that AC power is supplied to the projector.  
-3 The control mode is usually switched by REMOTE command-LOCAL command, but when the next  
event occurs in the remote status, the mode is switched to the local status.  
a. When the POWER button on the remote control or main unit panel has been pressed twice  
(power off operation)  
b. When the power management mode has been established (standby, power off)  
Example > GET MODE or ?MODE  
< g:MODE=REMOTE  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
○
○
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
PAGE 73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET POWER  
1
GET POWER  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET POWER  
Function Power status inquiry  
GET□POWER  
?△POWER  
Format  
Response  
g:POWER=<Power status: ID>  
Power supply state  
Status  
OFF  
Power Off  
Transitioning from power off→on  
Power on  
OFF2ON  
ON  
ON2PMM  
PMM  
Transitioning from power on→standby mode  
Standby  
ID  
PMM2ON  
ON2OFF  
Transitioning from standby→power on  
Transitioning from power on→off  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current projector power status.  
-1 This inquiry can be executed in any status provided that AC power is supplied to the projector.  
For the "SX50," the remote mode must be established.  
-2 Use the following commands to control the power status with the user commands.  
Mode  
Local  
Commands  
RC POWER/POWER_OFF  
MAIN POWER/POWER_OFF  
POWER ON/OFF  
Remote  
Example > GET POWER or ?POWER  
< g:POWER=ON  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' is returned as an error response.  
PAGE 74  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET BLANK  
1
GET BLANK  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
GET BLANK  
Function BLANK status inquiry  
Format  
GET□BLANK  
?△BLANK  
Response  
g:BLANK=<BLANK status：ＩＤ>  
BLANK status  
Status  
ON  
OFF  
BLANK underway  
BLANK release underway  
ＩＤ  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire about the current BLANK status.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
The BLANK setting can be controlled using the BLANK command.  
）
(2)  
>
<
Example  
GET BLANK or ? BLANK  
g:BLANK=ON  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
-
-
－
○
－
○
－
×
○
○
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET INPUT  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET INPUT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET INPUT  
Function Input selection inquiry  
GET□INPUT  
?△INPUT  
Format  
Response  
g:INPUT=<Input type: ID>  
Errors supported by model  
Input type Meaning  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
D-RGB D-RGB  
A-RGB1 A-RGB1  
A-RGB2 A-RGB2  
COMP Component  
VIDEO Video  
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
ID  
S-VIDEO S-Video  
D-VIDEO Digital Video  
SCARTRGB  
SCART(RGB)  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current input selection.  
This inquiry can be made in the power-on status.  
×
-1  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
With the SX50, the inquiry can be made in the remote mode only.  
-2 The input selection can be controlled by the INPUT command.  
Example > GET INPUT or ? INPUT  
< g:INPUT=VIDEO  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 76  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET DOTS  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET DOTS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET DOTS  
Function Total number of dots inquiry  
GET□DOTS  
?△DOTS  
Format  
Response  
g:DOTS=<Total number of dots: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current total number of dots.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2 The total number of dots can be set by the DOTS command.  
Example > GET DOTS or ? DOTS  
< g:DOTS=1200  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET TRACK  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET TRACK  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET TRACK  
Function Tracking adjustment value inquiry  
GET□TRACK  
?△TRACK  
Format  
Response  
g:TRACK=<Tracking adjustment value: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current tracking adjustment value.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2 The tracking adjustment can be set by the TRACK command.  
Example > GET TRACK or ? TRACK  
< g:TRACK=21  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 78  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET HPOS/VPOS  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET HPOS/VPOS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET HPOS/VPOS  
Function Horizontal and vertical position adjustment inquiries  
Format  
Horizontal position adjustment inquiry Vertical position adjustment inquiry  
GET□HPOS  
?△HPOS  
GET□VPOS  
?△VPOS  
Response  
g:HPOS=<Horizontal position adjustment value: Number>  
g:VPOS=<Vertical position adjustment value: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description These inquire about the current horizontal and vertical position adjustment values.  
-1 This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2  
The horizontal and vertical position adjustments can be set using the HPOS and VPOS commands,  
respectively.  
Example > GET VPOS or ? VPOS  
< g:VPOS=8  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET HPIX/VPIX  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET HPIX/VPIX  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET HPIX/VPIX  
Function Horizontal and vertical resolution inquiries  
Format  
Horizontal resolution inquiry  
GET□HPIX  
Vertical resolution inquiry  
GET□VPIX  
?△HPIX  
?△VPIX  
Response  
g:HPIX=<Horizontal resolution: Number>  
g:VPIX=<Vertical resolution: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description These inquire about the current horizontal and vertical resolutions.  
-1  
-2  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
The horizontal and vertical resolutions can be set using the HPIX and VPIX commands,  
respectively.  
Example > GET VPIX or ? VPIX  
< g:VPIX=684  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 80  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET SEL  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET SEL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET SEL  
Function Input signal inquiry  
GET□SEL  
?△SEL  
Format  
Response  
g:SEL=<Input signal: ID>  
Input signal  
Remarks  
PAL  
PAL-M,PAL-N included  
SECAM  
NTSC NTSC4.43 included  
1080i  
1035i  
540p (1080i non-interlaced signals) included  
720p  
575p  
ID  
480p  
575i  
480i  
UNKNOWN  
288p (PAL system non-interlaced signals) included  
240p (NTSC system non-interlaced signals) included  
No-color, 1080p, and other signals  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current input signals.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2 The input signals can be selected by the SEL command.  
Example > GET SEL or ? SEL  
< g:SEL=575p  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET ASPECT  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET ASPECT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET ASPECT  
Function Screen setting inquiry  
GET□ASPECT  
?△ASPECT  
Format  
Response  
g:ASPECT=<Screen setting：ＩＤ>  
Errors supported by model  
Parameter Meaning  
AUTO Auto  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
○
○
○
○
–
○
○
○
○
–
○
○
○
NORMAL  
WIDE  
Normal  
Wide  
ID  
FULL  
TRUE  
Full screen  
Real  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current screen setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2 The screen settings can be selected by the ASPECT command.  
Example > GET ASPECT or ? ASPECT  
< g:ASPECT=TRUE  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 82  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET IMAGE  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET IMAGE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET IMAGE  
Function Image mode inquiry  
GET□IMAGE  
?△IMAGE  
Format  
Response  
g:IMAGE=<Image mode：ＩＤ>  
Errors supported by model  
Parameter  
Meaning  
Standard  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
×
○
○
×
○
○
×
○
×
○
○
×
○
×
○
×
×
STANDARD  
PRESENTATION Presentation  
CINEMA  
SRGB  
ADOBE  
MOVIE  
Cinema  
sRGB  
ADOBE RGB  
Movie  
ID  
○
MOVIE_PHOTO Movie & Photo  
HOME_CINEMA Home theater  
○
×
×
○
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current image mode.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The image mode settings can be selected by the IMAGE command.  
Example > GET IMAGE or ? IMAGE  
< g:IMAGE=CINEMA  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET BRI  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET BRI  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET BRI  
Function Brightness value setting inquiry  
GET□BRI  
?△BRI  
Format  
Response  
g:BRI=<Brightness：Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current brightness value setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The brightness can be set by the BRI command.  
Example > GET BRI or ? BRI  
< g:BRI=-10  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 84  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET CONT  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET CONT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET CONT  
Function Contrast value setting inquiry  
GET□CONT  
?△CONT  
Format  
Response  
g:CONT=<Contrast value: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current contrast value setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The contrast can be set by the CONT command.  
Example > GET CONT or ? CONT  
< g:CONT=3  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET SHARP  
1
GET SHARP  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET SHARP  
Function Sharpness value setting inquiry  
GET□SHARP  
?△ SHARP  
Format  
Response  
g;SHARP=<Sharpness setting: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current sharpness value setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The sharpness can be set by the SHARP command.  
Example > GET SHARP or ? SHARP  
< g:SHARP=3  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.01**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 86  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET GAMMA  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET GAMMA  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET GAMMA  
Function Gamma adjustment value inquiry  
GET□GAMMA  
?△GAMMA  
Format  
Response  
g:GAMMA=<Gamma adjustment value：Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current gamma adjustment value.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The gamma adjustment value can be set by the GAMMA command.  
Example > GET GAMMA or ? GAMMA  
< g:GAMMA=3  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET DGAMMA  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET DGAMMA  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET DGAMMA  
Function Dynamic gamma value setting inquiry  
GET□DGAMMA  
?△DGAMMA  
Format  
Response  
g:DGAMMA=<Setting: ID>  
Setting Meaning  
0
1
Off  
On  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current dynamic gamma value setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The dynamic gamma setting value can be selected by the DGAMMA command.  
Example > GET DGAMMA or ? DGAMMA  
< g:DGAMMA=1  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 88  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET PROG  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET PROG  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET PROG  
Function Progressive value setting inquiry  
GET□PROG  
?△PROG  
Format  
Response  
g:PROG=<Set (status) value: ID>  
Errors supported by model  
Response  
Meaning  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
0
1
2
Off  
On  
AUTO  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current progressive (status) value set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2 The significance of the response differs slightly depending on the model concerned.  
Model Significance of response  
Regardless of the progressive setting, "ON" is indicated when the current  
SX50  
progressive conversion processing function is working; "OFF" is indicated when the  
processing function is not working.  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
This signifies the progressive value setting.  
-3 The progressive setting can be selected by the PROG command.  
Example > GET PROG or ? PROG  
< g:PROG=1  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET WB  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET WB  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET WB  
Function Screen color correction inquiry  
GET□WB  
?△WB  
Format  
Response  
g:WB=<Screen color correction value: ID>  
Response  
Meaning  
Normal  
NORMAL  
GREENBOARD  
ADJUST  
Blackboard  
Adjust  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current screen color correction.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The screen color correction can be set by the WB command.  
Example > GET WB or ? WB  
< g:WB=GREENBOARD  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 90  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET WBRGB  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET WBRGB  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET WBRGB  
Function Screen color correction (adjustment) inquiry  
GET□WBRGB  
?△WBRGB  
Format  
Response  
g:WBRGB=<R adjustment value: Number>▽<G adjustment value: Number>▽<B  
adjustment value: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current screen color correction (adjustment).  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The screen color correction (adjustment) can be set by the WBRGB command.  
Example > GET WBRGB or ? WBRGB  
< g:WBRGB=10, 0, 19  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET SAT  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET SAT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET SAT  
Function Color saturation value setting inquiry  
GET□SAT  
?△SAT  
Format  
Response  
g:SAT=<Color saturation value setting: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current color saturation value setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2 The color saturation can be set by the SAT command.  
Example > GET SAT or ? SAT  
< g:SAT=1  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01*  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
×
–
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 92  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET HUE  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET HUE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET HUE  
Function Hue value setting inquiry  
GET□HUE  
?△HUE  
Format  
Response  
g:HUE=<Hue value setting：Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current hue value set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2 The hue can be set by the HUE command.  
Example > GET HUE or ? HUE  
< g:HUE=1  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
–
–
○
–
–
○
–
○
×
SX50  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
–
–
○
×
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
–
○
○
×
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET RGBGAIN  
1
GET RGBGAIN  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
GET RGBGAIN  
Function RGB gain adjustment value inquiry  
Format  
GET□RGBGAIN  
?△RGBGAIN  
g:RGBGAIN=<R adjustment value：Number>▽<G adjustment value：Number>▽<B  
adjustment value：Number>  
Response  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire about the current RGB gain adjustment values.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
The RGB gain can be set using the RGBGAIN command.  
）
(2)  
Example > GET RGBGAIN or ? RGBGAIN  
< g:RGBGAIN=-10, 0, 19  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 94  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET RGBOFFSET  
1
GET RGBOFFSET  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
GET RGBOFFSET  
Function RGB offset adjustment value inquiry  
Format  
GET□RGBOFFSET  
?△RGBOFFSET  
g:RGBOFFSET=<R adjustment value: Number>▽<G adjustment value: Number>▽<B  
adjustment value: Number>  
Response  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire about the current RGB offset adjustment values.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
The RGB offset can be set using the RGBOFFSET command.  
）
(2)  
Example > GET RGBOFFSET or ? RGBOFFSET  
< g:RGBOFFSET=-10, 0, 19  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET ACADJUST  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET ACADJUST  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET ACADJUST  
Function Advanced color adjustment inquiry  
GET□ACADJUST  
?△ACADJUST  
Format  
Response  
g:ACADJUST=<Details of adjustment：ＩＤ>  
Details of adjustment Meaning  
NOCORRECT  
MEM_L  
MEM_M  
MEM_H  
6AX  
No adjustment  
Low memory color adjustment  
Medium memory color adjustment  
High memory color adjustment  
6-axis adjustment  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the details of the current advanced color adjustment.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The advanced color adjustment can be set by the ACADJUST command.  
Example > GET ACADJUST or ? ACADJUST  
< g:ACADJUST=6AX  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
×
SX60  
01.01**  
×
X600  
01.01**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
○
－
×
×
×
×
○
－
○
－
○
－
－
－
－
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX50  
SX6  
－
－
－
－
－
－
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 96  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET MEMCADJ  
1
GET MEMCADJ  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
GET MEMCADJ  
Function Memory color adjustment setting inquiry  
Format  
GET□MEMCADJ  
?△MEMCADJ  
g:MEMCADJ=<Details of adjustment：ＩＤ>  
Response  
Details of adjustment  
OFF  
MEM_L  
Meaning  
No adjustment  
Low memory color adjustment  
Medium memory color adjustment  
High memory color adjustment  
ＩＤ  
MEM_M  
MEM_H  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire about the current memory color adjustment setting.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
The memory color adjustment can be set using the MEMCADJ command.  
）
(2)  
>
<
Example  
GET MEMCADJ or ? MEMCADJ  
g:MEMCADJ=MEM_M  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET 6AXADJ  
1
GET 6AXADJ  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
GET 6AXADJ  
Function 6-axis adjustment ON/OFF inquiry  
Format  
GET□6AXADJ  
?△6AXADJ  
g:6AXADJ=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
Response  
ON  
OFF  
This sets the 6-axis adjustment to ON.  
This sets the 6-axis adjustment to OFF.  
ＩＤ  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire whether the 6-axis adjustment is ON or OFF.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
ON or OFF for the 6-axis adjustment can be set using the 6AXADJ command.  
）
(2)  
>
<
Example  
GET 6AXADJ or ? 6AXADJ  
g:6AXADJ=ON  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command GET 6AXR-6AXY  
1
GET 6AXR-6AXY  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET 6AXR-6AXY  
Function 6-axis correction R to Y hue/color saturation setting inquiry  
Format  
R setting inquiry G setting inquiry B setting inquiry C setting inquiry M setting inquiry Y setting inquiry  
GET□6AXR GET□6AXG GET□6AXB GET□6AXC GET□6AXM GET□6AXY  
?△6AXR  
?△6AXG  
?△6AXB  
?△6AXC  
?△6AXM  
?△6AXY  
Response  
g:6AXR(G,B,C,M,Y)=<Hue value: Number>▽<Color saturation: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current 6-axis correction R to Y hue and color saturation settings.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The 6-axis correction R to Y can be set by the 6AXR to Y command.  
Example > GET 6AXR or ? 6AXR  
< g:6AXR=12, -8  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET LAMP  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET LAMP  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET LAMP  
Function Lamp output setting inquiry  
GET□LAMP  
?□LAMP  
Format  
Response  
g:LAMP=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
NORMAL Normal  
SILENT Silent cooling  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current lamp output setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The lamp output can be set by the LAMP command.  
Example > GET LAMP or ? LAMP  
< g:LAMP=NORMAL  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 100  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET VKS/HKS  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET VKS/HKS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET VKS/HKS  
Function Vertical/horizontal keystone setting inquiry  
Format  
Vertical keystone setting inquiry  
GET□VKS  
Horizontal keystone setting inquiry  
GET□HKS  
?△VKS  
?△HKS  
Response  
g:VKS=<Vertical keystone setting: Number>  
g:HKS=<Horizontal keystone setting: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description These inquire about the current vertical and horizontal keystone settings.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The vertical and horizontal keystone settings can be selected by the VKS and HKS commands,  
respectively.  
Example > GET VKS or ? VKS  
< g:VKS=-23  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET AVOL  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET AVOL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET AVOL  
Function Audio volume setting inquiry  
GET□AVOL  
?△AVOL  
Format  
Response  
g:AVOL=<Volume setting: Number>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current audio volume setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The audio volume can be set by the AVOL command.  
Example > GET AVOL or ? AVOL  
< g:AVOL=18  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 102  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET MUTE  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET MUTE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET MUTE  
Function Mute control setting inquiry  
GET□MUTE  
?△MUTE  
Format  
Response  
g:MUTE=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
ON  
OFF  
This turns off the audio/beep sound.  
This returns the audio/beep sound to its original setting.  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current mute control setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 Mute control can be set by the MUTE command.  
Example > GET MUTE or ? MUTE  
< g:MUTE=ON  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET BVOL  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET BVOL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET BVOL  
Function Beep sound value setting inquiry  
GET□BVOL  
?△BVOL  
Format  
Response  
g:BVOL=<Setting ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
0
1
BEEP sound mute  
BEEP sound output  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current beep sound value set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The beep sound can be set using the BVOL command.  
Example > GET BVOL or ? BVOL  
< g:BVOL=ON  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 104  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command GET IMAGEFLIP  
1
GET IMAGEFLIP  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET IMAGEFLIP  
Function Flip display setting inquiry  
GET□IMAGEFLIP  
?△IMAGEFLIP  
Format  
Response  
g:IMAGEFLIP=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting  
Meaning  
Remarks  
Flip horizontally  
NONE  
CEILING  
REAR  
None  
Ceiling  
Rear  
ID  
Flip vertically  
Flip horizontally and vertically  
REAR_CEILING Rear ceiling  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current flip display setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The flip display can be set using the IMAGEFLIP command.  
Example > GET IMAGEFLIP or ? IMAGEFLIP  
< g:IMAGEFLIP=REAR_CEILING  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command GET PMM  
1
GET PMM  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET PMM  
Function Power management setting inquiry  
GET□PMM  
?△PMM  
Format  
Response  
g:PMM=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting  
Meaning  
OFF  
STANDBY  
EXIT  
Off  
Standby mode  
Exit mode  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current power management setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command）  
-2 Power management can be set by the PMM command.  
Example > GET PMM or ? PMM  
< g:PMM=EXIT  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 106  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command GET PJON  
1
GET PJON  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET PJON  
Function Screen displayed at startup setting inquiry  
GET□PJON  
?△PJON  
Format  
Response  
g:PJON=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
CANON Canon logo  
SKIP  
No display  
ID  
LOGO User screen  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current setting for the screen to be displayed at startup.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The setting for the screen displayed at startup can be set by the PJON command.  
Example > GET PJON or ? PJON  
< g:PJON=SKIP  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET NOSIG  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET NOSIG  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET NOSIG  
Function Screen displayed at startup with no signals setting inquiry  
GET□NOSIG  
?△NOSIG  
Format  
Response  
g:NOSIG=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
BLACK Black screen  
BLUE Blue screen  
LOGO User screen  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current setting for the screen to be displayed when there are no signals.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The display screen when there are no signals can be set by the NOSIG command.  
Example > GET NOSIG or ? NOSIG  
< g:NOSIG=LOGO  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET NOSHOW  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET NOSHOW  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET NOSHOW  
Function Display screen when nothing is shown setting inquiry  
GET□NOSHOW  
?△NOSHOW  
Format  
Response  
g:NOSHOW=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
BLACK Black screen  
BLUE Blue screen  
LOGO User screen  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current setting for the screen to be displayed when nothing is shown.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The current display screen when nothing is shown can be set by the NOSHOW command.  
Example > GET NOSHOW or ? NOSHOW  
< g:NOSHOW=LOGO  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET LOGOPOS  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET LOGOPOS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET LOGOPOS  
Function User image position inquiry  
GET□LOGOPOS  
?△LOGOPOS  
Format  
Response  
g:LOGOPOS=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting  
Meaning  
UPPER_L  
UPPER_R  
CENTER  
LOWER_L  
LOWER_R  
Upper left  
Upper right  
Center  
Lower left  
Lower right  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current user screen (logo) display position.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
An inquiry cannot be made if the user image has not been registered.  
(The error "e:1002 NO_LOGO_CAPTURED" is returned.）  
-2  
-3 The user image position can be set by the LOGOPOS command.  
Example > GET LOGOPOS or ? LOGOPOS  
< g:LOGOPOS=LOWER_L  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 110  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command GET LANG  
1
GET LANG  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET LANG  
Function Language inquiry  
GET□LＡＮＧ  
?△ＬＡＮＧ  
Format  
Response  
g:LANG=<Language：ＩＤ>  
Errors supported by model  
Language  
Meaning  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
ENG  
FRA  
GER  
ITA  
English  
French  
German  
Italian  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
SPA  
POR  
SWE  
DUT  
RUS  
CHS  
CHT  
KOR  
JPN  
FIN  
NOR  
TUR  
POL  
HUN  
CZE  
DAN  
Spanish  
Portuguese  
Swedish  
Dutch  
Russian  
Chinese (simplified)  
Chinese (traditional)  
Korean  
Japanese  
Finnish  
Norwegian  
Turkish  
Polish  
ID  
Hungarian  
Czech  
Danish  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current language selection.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The language can be set by the LANG command.  
Example > GET LANG or ? LANG  
< g:LANG=SWE  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command GET TERMINAL  
1
GET TERMINAL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET TERMINAL  
Function Terminal setting inquiry  
GET□TERMINAL  
?△TERMINAL  
Format  
Response  
g:TERMINAL=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
IN  
OUT  
This sets to input  
This sets to output  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current terminal setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 The terminal can be set by the TERMINAL command.  
Example > GET TERMINAL or ? TERMINAL  
< g:TERMINAL=OUT  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
×
SX60  
01.01**  
×
X600  
01.01**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Parameter  
Power  
Input  
Mode  
OFF ON PM  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
IN  
SX50  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
OUT  
×
×
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'TERMINAL_OUT' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 112  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET KEYLOCK  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET KEYLOCK  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET KEYLOCK  
Function Key lock setting inquiry  
GET□KEYLOCK  
?△KEYLOCK  
Format  
Response  
g:KEYLOCK=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
OFF  
MAIN  
RC  
No locking (OFF)  
Main key lock  
Remote control key lock  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current key lock setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 Key lock can be set by the KEYLOCK command.  
Example > GET KEYLOCK or ? KEYLOCK  
< g:KEYLOCK=OFF  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET RCCH  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET RCCH  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET RCCH  
Function Remote control setting inquiry  
GET□RCCH  
?△RCCH  
Format  
Response  
g:RCCH=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
1
2
Remote control channel 1  
Remote control channel 2  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current remote control setting.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
-2 Remote control can be set by the RCCH command.  
Example > GET RCCH or ? RCCH This inquires about the current remote control setting.  
< g:RCCH=1  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 114  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET GUID  
1
GET GUIDE  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
GET GUIDE  
Function Guide setting inquiry  
Format  
GET□GUIDE  
?△GUIDE  
g:GUIDE=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Setting Meaning  
Response  
ON  
OFF  
Guide display ON  
Guide display OFF  
ＩＤ  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire about the current guide setting.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
The guide can be set using the GUIDE command.  
）
(2)  
>
<
Example  
GET GUIDE or ? GUIDE  
g:GUIDE=OFF  
An inquiry is made about the current guide setting.  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
ー
×
ー
○
ー
×
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
-
-
ー
○
ー
○
ー
×
○
○
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET DPON  
1
GET DPON  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
GET DPON  
Function Direct power-on setting inquiry  
Format  
GET□DPON  
?△DPON  
g:DPON=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Response  
Setting Meaning  
ON  
OFF  
This sets direct power-on to ON.  
This sets direct power-on to OFF.  
ＩＤ  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire about the current direct power-on setting.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
Direct power-on can be set using the DPON command.  
>
<
Example  
GET DPON or ? DPON  
g:DPON=OFF  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
ー
×
ー
○
ー
×
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
-
-
ー
○
ー
○
ー
×
○
○
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 116  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET LEDILLUMINATE  
1
GET LEDILLUMINATE  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
GET LEDILLUMINATE  
Function Emotional LED and signal sensing LED lighting setting inquiry  
Format  
GET□LEDILLUMINATE  
?△LEDILLUMINATE  
g:LEDILLUMINATE=<Setting：ＩＤ>  
Response  
Setting Meaning  
ON  
OFF  
This sets the LED display to ON.  
This sets the LED display to OFF.  
ＩＤ  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
This command is used to inquire about the current emotional LED and signal sensing LED lighting control  
Description settings.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
LED lighting control can be set using the LEDILLUMINATE command.  
）
(2)  
>
<
Example  
GET LEDILLUMINATE or ? LEDILLUMINATE  
g:LEDILLUMINATE=OFF  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
ー
×
ー
○
ー
×
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
-
-
ー
○
ー
○
ー
×
○
○
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET NOSHOWSTATUS  
1
GET NOSHOWSTATE  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
Function NoShow status inquiry  
GET NOSHOWSTATE  
Format  
GET□NOSHOWSTATE  
?△NOSHOWSTATE  
g:NOSHOWSTATE=<Status：ＩＤ>  
Status Meaning  
Response  
ON  
OFF  
Screen temporarily off  
Screen not temporarily off  
ＩＤ  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire about the current NoShow status.  
(1) This inquiry can be made at any time provided that the power-on status is established.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
No show status ON/OFF is controlled using the "RC NOSHOW" command in the local mode. (Toggling)  
）
(2)  
>
<
Example  
GET NOSHOWSTATE or ? NOSHOWSTATE  
g:NOSHOWSTATE=ON  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned as an error response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 118  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET FREEZE  
1
GET FREEZE  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
GET FREEZE  
Function Freeze status inquiry  
Format  
GET□FREEZE  
?△FREEZE  
g:FREEZE=<Status：ＩＤ>  
Status Meaning  
Response  
ON  
OFF  
Image now frozen  
Image now not frozen  
ＩＤ  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire about the current NoShow status.  
(1) This inquiry can be made at any time provided that the power-on status is established.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
Freeze status ON/OFF is controlled using the "RC FREEZE" command in the local mode. (Toggling)  
）
(2)  
>
<
Example  
GET FREEZE or ? FREEZE  
g:FREEZE=ON  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned as an error response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET SIGNALSTATUS  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET SIGNALSTATUS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET SIGNALSTATUS  
Function Signal status inquiry  
GET□SIGNALSTATUS  
?△SIGNALSTATUS  
Format  
Response  
g:SIGNALSTATUS=<Signal status：ＩＤ>  
Signal status  
Meaning  
NO_SIGNAL Signal not detected  
DISPLAYING Image now displayed or display enable status  
SETTING Signal detection and display preparation in progress  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current image signal input status.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made at any time provided that thepower-on status is established.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.）  
For the "SX50," the remote mode must be established.  
-2 This returns the signal status of the selected input. Use INPUT command for the input selection.  
-3 Even if the status is "DISPLAYING" (image now shown), the image is not displayed during blanking.  
Check the status using GET BLANK. To clear the blank status, use BLANK=OFF.  
-4 Similarly, the image is not displayed during "no show".  
Check the status using GET NOSHOWSTATUS.  
To clear no show, execute RC NOSHOW.  
Example > GET SIGNALSTATUS or ? SIGNALSTATUS  
< g:SIGNALSTATUS=NO_SIGNAL  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 120  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET LAMPCOUNTER  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET LAMPCOUNTER  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET LAMPCOUNTER  
Function Lamp ON time inquiry  
GET□LAMPCOUNTER  
?△LAMPCOUNTER  
Format  
Response  
g:LAMPCOUNTER="<Lamp ON time: Character string>"  
Meaning (ON time: H)  
Lamp ON time  
SX50  
SX50  
SX50  
SX50  
"[G_______]"  
"[GG______]"  
0 ～ 199  
0 ～ 279  
0 ～ 459  
0 ～ 279  
200  
400  
280  
560  
460  
920  
280  
560  
～
～
～
～
399  
599  
799  
999  
～
～
559  
839  
～
919  
～
～
559  
839  
"[GGG_____]"  
"[GGGG____]"  
"[GGGGG___]"  
"[GGGGGY__]"  
"[GGGGGYY_]"  
"[GGGGGYYR]"  
～ 1379  
～ 1839  
～ 2299  
～ 2399  
～ 2499  
Character  
string  
600  
840  
1380  
1840  
2300  
2400  
840  
～ 1119  
～ 1399  
～ 1449  
～ 1499  
～ 1119  
～ 1399  
～ 1449  
～ 1499  
800  
1120  
1400  
1450  
1120  
1400  
1450  
1000  
1200  
～ 1199  
～ 1399  
1400 ～  
1500 ～  
2500 ～  
1500 ～  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current lamp ON time.  
-1 This inquiry can be executed in any status provided that AC power is supplied to the projector.  
For the "SX50," the projector must be in the remote mode and power-on status.  
Example > GET LAMPCOUNTER or ? LAMPCOUNTER  
< g:LAMPCOUNTER="[GG______]"  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET ERR  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET ERR  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET ERR  
Function Error information inquiry  
GET□ERR  
?△ERR  
Format  
Response  
g:ERR=<ErrorＩＤ:ＩＤ>  
Errors supported by model  
SX50 SX6 SX60 X600  
Error ID  
Meaning  
No error  
NO_ERROR  
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
ABNORMAL_TEMPERATUR Temperature error  
FAULTY_LAMP  
Lamp error  
FAULTY_LAMP_COVER  
FAULTY_COOLING_FAN  
Lamp cover error  
Cooling fan error  
ID  
FAULTY_POWER_SUPPLY Power supply error  
FAULTY_AK  
AK error  
FAULTY_ASC  
ASC error  
AF error  
–
FAULTY_AF  
–
FAULTY_POWER_ZOOM  
FAULTY_POWER_FOCUS  
Zoom error  
Focus error  
–
–
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the current error information.  
-1 This inquiry can be executed in any status provided that AC power is supplied to the projector.  
For the "SX50," the remote mode must be established.  
-2  
Information when the warning LED of the projector is flashing can be obtained.  
"NO_ERROR" is returned when the warning LED is not lighted.  
Example > GET ERR or ? ERR  
< g:ERR=FAULTY_LAMP  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 122  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET PRODCODE  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET PRODCODE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET PRODCODE  
Function Product information inquiry  
GET□PRODCODE  
?△PRODCODE  
Format  
Response  
g:PRODCODE="<Product name: Character string>"  
Product name  
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
Character  
string  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the product name of the projector.  
-1 This inquiry can be executed in any status provided that AC power is supplied to the projector.  
For the "SX50," the projector must be in the remote mode and power-on status.  
Example > GET PRODCODE or ? PRODCODE  
< g:PRODCODE="SX50"  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command GET ROMVER  
1
GET ROMVER  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET ROMVER  
Function ROM version inquiry  
GET□ROMVER  
?△ROMVER  
Format  
Response  
g:ROMVER="<ROM VERSION：Character string>"  
<ROM VERSION> := 99.9999  
Character  
string  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the product name of the projector.  
-1 This inquiry can be executed in any status provided that AC power is supplied to the projector.  
For the "SX50," the projector must be in the remote mode and power-on status.  
Example > GET ROMVER or ? ROMVER  
< g:ROMVER="01.0306"  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 124  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command GET COMVER  
User Command Specifications  
1
GET COMVER  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
GET COMVER  
Function User command version inquiry  
GET□COMVER  
?△COMVER  
Format  
Response  
g:COMVER="<User command version：Character string>"  
<User command version> := 99.9999  
Character  
string  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the user command version of the projector.  
-1 This inquiry can be executed in any status provided that AC power is supplied to the projector.  
For the "SX50," the remote mode must be established.  
-2  
The user command version consists of a 2-digit number followed by a 4-digit number. Question  
marks may appear in place of the numerals if the firmware has not been upgraded correctly.  
(Example "??:????")  
Example > GET COMVER or ? COMVER  
< g:COMVER="01.0000"  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command RANGE  
2
RANGE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE  
Function Setting range request  
RANGE□ <Parameter>  
Format  
Parameter  
Parameter  
POWER  
BLANK  
AUTOSETEXE  
INPUT  
Meaning  
Power supply state  
Blank setting  
Auto setup  
Input state  
DOTS  
TRACK  
HPOS  
VPOS  
HPIX  
Total number of dot  
Tracking  
Horizontal position  
Vertical position  
Horizontal resolution  
Vertical resolution  
Input  
signal  
settings  
VPIX  
SEL  
Input signal  
ASPECT  
IMAGE  
BRI  
Screem size  
Image settings  
Brightness setting value  
Contrast setting value  
Sharpness setting value  
Gamma correction  
CONT  
SHARP  
GAMMA  
DGAMMA  
PROG  
Dynamic gamma  
Progressive  
WB  
WBRGB  
SAT  
Screen color correction  
Screen color correction value (RGB)  
Color saturation setting value  
Hue setting value  
HUE  
RGBGAIN  
RGBOFFSET  
ACADJUST  
MEMCADJ  
6AXADJ  
6AXR  
RGB gain adjustment  
RGB offset adjustment  
Advanced color correction method  
Memory color correction  
6-axis adjustment ON/OFF  
R setting value  
ID  
6AXG  
6AXB  
6AXC  
6AXM  
G setting value  
6-axis  
B setting value  
color  
C setting value  
adjust  
M setting value  
Y setting value  
6AXY  
VKS  
HKS  
AVOL  
Vertical keystone distortion values  
Horizontal keystone distortion values  
Volume adjustment  
MUTE  
Mute state  
BVOL  
IMAGEFLIP  
PMM  
Beep sound setting status  
Flip display status  
Power management  
PJON  
Display screen at startup setting  
NOSIG  
NOSHOW  
LOGOPOS  
LANG  
Display screen when there are no signals setting  
Display screen when nothing shown  
User image position  
Language  
LAMP  
Lamp output  
TERMINAL  
KEYLOCK  
RCCH  
Terminal setting  
Key lock  
Remote control Ch  
GUIDE  
DPON  
Guide display setting  
Direct power-on setting  
LED display setting  
Zoom step control  
Zoom continuous control  
Focus step control  
LEDILLUMINATE  
ZSTEPDRV  
ZCONTDRV  
FSTEPDRV  
FCONTDRV  
Focus continuous control  
PAGE 126  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9. Details of command RANGE  
Response Responses are made in the formats below for each parameter.  
<Parameter name>=<Type>, <Setting range>  
Type  
Meaning  
I
ID  
N
Number  
The definition of <Setting range> varies depending on the type.  
1. When the type is I (ID)  
<Setting range>: = <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, <Setting option 3>,  
<Setting option 4>, …, <Setting option N>  
2. When the type is N (Number)  
<Setting range>: = <Setting option 1 minimum value>, <Setting option 1 maximum  
value>, <Setting option 2 minimum value>, <Setting option 2 maximum value>, …,  
<Setting option N minimum value>, <Setting option N maximum value>  
Description This retrieves the setting range of each parameter.  
-1  
-2  
The setting ranges of the setting or control command parameters may differ depending on the  
projector status (input, display mode, etc.).  
To ensure reliability, request the setting ranges before sending the setting or control  
commands.  
(Once the setting ranges have been obtained, the setting or control commands can be  
For further details, refer to the descriptions of the commands.  
-3  
PAGE 127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE POWER  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE POWER  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE POWER  
Function Power control setting option request  
RANGE□POWER  
Format  
Response  
r:POWER=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, ..., <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the power control setting options.  
-1 This inquiry can be executed in any status provided that AC power is supplied to the projector.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With the SX50, the inquiry can be made in the remote mode only.  
-2 The power can be controlled by the POWER command.  
Example > RANGE POWER  
< r:POWER=I, ON, OFF  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Commands  
supported 01.00**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' is returned as an error response.  
PAGE 128  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE BLANK  
1
RANGE BLANK  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE BLANK  
Function BLANK setting option request  
Format  
RANGE□BLANK  
Response  
r:BLANK=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
Description This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable BLANK to be set.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
The BLANK can be controlled using the BLANK command.  
）
(2)  
Example > RANGE BLANK  
< r:BLANK=I, ON, OFF  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
-
-
－
○
－
○
－
×
○
○
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE AUTOSETEXE  
1
RANGE AUTOSETEXE  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE AUTOSETEXE  
Function Auto setup setting option request  
Format  
RANGE□AUTOSETEXE  
Response  
r:AUTOSETEXE=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
Description This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable auto setup to be set.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
Auto setup can be controlled using the AUTOSETEXE command.  
）
(2)  
Example > RANGE AUTOSETEXE  
< r:AUTOSETEXE=I, FOCUS, VKS, SCRN, INPUT  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
-
-
－
○
－
○
－
×
○
○
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 130  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE INPUT  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE INPUT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE INPUT  
Function Input selection setting option request  
RANGE□INPUT  
Format  
Response  
r:INPUT=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable input selection to be set.  
This inquiry can be made in the power-on status.  
-1  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With the SX50, the inquiry can be made in the remote mode only.  
-2 The input selection can be controlled by the INPUT command.  
Example > RANGE INPUT  
< r:INPUT=I, D-RGB, A-RGB1, A-RGB2, COMP, VIDEO, S-VIDEO  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Commands  
supported 01.00**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
－
○
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE DOTS  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE DOTS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE DOTS  
Function Total dot number setting range inquiry  
RANGE□DOTS  
Format  
Response  
r:DOTS=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the range within which the total number of dots can be set.  
-1 This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2 The total number of dots can be set by the DOTS command.  
Example  
> RANGE DOTS  
< r:DOTS=N, 0, 4096  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Commands  
supported 01.00**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 132  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE TRACK  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE TRACK  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE TRACK  
Function Tracking adjustment range request  
RANGE□TRACK  
Format  
Response  
r:TRACK=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the values to which the tracking can be adjusted.  
-1 This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2 The tracking adjustment can be set by the TRACK command.  
Example > RANGE TRACK  
< r:TRACK=N, 0, 31  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE HPOS/VPOS  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE HPOS/VPOS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE HPOS/VPOS  
Function Horizontal/vertical position adjustment range request  
Format  
Horizontal position adjustment range inquiry Vertical position adjustment range inquiry  
RANGE□HPOS RANGE□VPOS  
Response  
r:HPOS=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
r:VPOS=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description These inquire about the ranges within which the horizontal and vertical positions can be adjusted.  
-1 This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
-2  
The horizontal and vertical position adjustments can be set using the HPOS and VPOS  
commands, respectively.  
Example > RANGE VPOS  
< r:VPOS=N, 0, 820  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 134  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE HPIX/VPIX  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE HPIX/VPIX  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE HPIX/VPIX  
Function Horizontal/vertical resolution setting range request  
Format  
Horizontal resolution setting range inquirVertical resolution setting range inquiry  
RANGE□HPIX RANGE□VPIX  
Response  
r:HPIX=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
r:VPIX=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description These inquire about the ranges within which the horizontal and vertical resolutions can be set.  
-1  
-2  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
The horizontal and vertical resolutions can be set using the HPIX and VPIX commands,  
respectively.  
Example > RANGE VPIX  
< r:VPIX=N, 0, 1000  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE SEL  
1
RANGE SEL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE SEL  
Function Input signal setting option request  
RANGE□SEL  
Format  
Response  
r:SEL=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the input signals to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
The input signals can be selected by the SEL command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE SEL  
< r:SEL=I, AUTO  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 136  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE ASPECT  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE ASPECT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE ASPECT  
Function Screen setting option request  
RANGE□ASPECT  
Format  
Response  
r:ASPECT=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the screen to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
The screen settings can be selected by the ASPECT command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE ASPECT  
< r:ASPECT=I, AUTO, NORMAL, WIDE  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE IMAGE  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE IMAGE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE IMAGE  
Function Image mode setting option request  
RANGE□IMAGE  
Format  
Response  
r:IMAGE=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the image mode to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The image mode settings can be selected by the IMAGE command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE IMAGE  
< r:IMAGE=I, STANDARD, PRESENTATION, CINEMA, SRGB  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 138  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE BRI  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE BRI  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE BRI  
Function Brightness setting range request  
RANGE□BRI  
Format  
Response  
r:BRI=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Number  
Description This inquires about the range of values at which the brightness can be set.  
-1  
-2  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The brightness can be set by the BRI command.  
Example > RANGE BRI  
< r:BRI=N, -20, 20  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE CONT  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE CONT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE CONT  
Function Contrast setting range request  
RANGE□CONT  
Format  
Response  
r:CONT=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the range within which the contrast can be set.  
-1  
-2  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The contrast can be set by the CONT command.  
Example > RANGE CONT  
< r:CONT=N, -20, 20  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 140  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE SHARP  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE SHARP  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE SHARP  
Function Sharpness setting range request  
RANGE□SHARP  
Format  
Response  
r:SHARP=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the range within which the sharpness can be set.  
-1  
-2  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The sharpness can be set by the SHARP command.  
Example > RANGE SHARP  
< r:SHARP=N, -4, 4  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE GAMMA  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE GAMMA  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE GAMMA  
Function Gamma adjustment range request  
RANGE□GAMMA  
Format  
Response  
r:GAMMA=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the range within which the gamma can be adjusted.  
-1  
-2  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The gamma adjustment value can be set by the GAMMA command.  
Example > RANGE GAMMA  
< r:GAMMA=N, -4, 4  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 142  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE DGAMMA  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE DGAMMA  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE DGAMMA  
Function Dynamic gamma setting option request  
RANGE□DGAMMA  
Format  
Response  
r:DGAMMA=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the dynamic gamma to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 The dynamic gamma setting value can be selected by the DGAMMA command.  
Example > RANGE DGAMMA  
< r:DGAMMA=I, 0, 1  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE PROG  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE PROG  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE PROG  
Function Progressive setting option request  
RANGE□PROG  
Format  
Response  
r:PROG=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the progressive setting to be selected.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
The progressive setting can be selected by the PROG command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE PROG  
< r:PROG=I, 0, 1, 2  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
×
–
×
×
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 144  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE WB  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE WB  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE WB  
Function Screen color correction option request  
RANGE□WB  
Format  
Response  
r:WB=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the screen color to be corrected.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The screen color correction can be set by the WB command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE WB  
< r:WB=I, NORMAL, GREENBOARD, ADJUST  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE WBRGB  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE WBRGB  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE WBRGB  
Function Screen color correction (adjustment) range request  
RANGE□WBRGB  
Format  
r:WBRGB=N, <R minimum value>, <R maximum value>, <G minimum value>,  
<G maximum value>, <B minimum value>, <B maximum value>  
Response  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the range within which the screen color correction (adjustment) can be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The screen color correction (adjustment) can be set by the WBRGB command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE WBRGB  
< r:WBRGB=N, -20, 20, -20, 20, -20, 20  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 146  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE SAT  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE SAT  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE SAT  
Function Color saturation setting range request  
RANGE□SAT  
Format  
Response  
r:SAT=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Number  
Description This inquires about the range within which the color saturation can be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
The color saturation can be set by the SAT command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE SAT  
< r:SAT=N, -20, 20  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
×
–
×
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE HUE  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE HUE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE HUE  
Function Hue setting range request  
RANGE□HUE  
Format  
Response  
r:HUE=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the range within which the hue can be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
With some input signals, it may not be possible to make this inquiry.  
The hue can be set by the HUE command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE HUE  
< r:HUE=N, -20, 20  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
○
–
–
○
–
–
○
–
○
×
SX50  
×
×
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
–
–
○
×
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
○
×
–
○
○
×
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'INVALID_SOURCE' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'INVALID_SIGNAL (*****)' or 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 148  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE RGBGAIN  
1
RANGE RGBGAIN  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE RGBGAIN  
Function RGB gain adjustment range request  
Format  
RANGE□RGBGAIN  
Response  
r:RGBGAIN=N, <R minimum value>, <R maximum value>, <G minimum value>, <G  
maximum value>, <B minimum value>, <B maximum value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire about the range in which the RGB gain adjustment can be set.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
The RGB gain can be set using the RGBGAIN command.  
）
(2)  
Example > RANGE RGBGAIN  
< r:RGBGAIN=N, -20, 20, -20, 20, -20, 20  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE RGBOFFSET  
1
RANGE RGBOFFSET  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE RGBOFFSET  
Function RGB offset adjustment range inquiry  
Format  
RANGE□RGBOFFSET  
Response  
r:RGBOFFSET=N, <R minimum value>, <R maximum value>, <G minimum value>, <G  
maximum value>, <B minimum value>, <B maximum value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This command is used to inquire about the current RGB offset adjustment values.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
The RGB offset can be set using the RGBOFFSET command.  
）
(2)  
Example > RANGE RGBOFFSET  
< r:RGBOFFSET=N, -20, 20, -20, 20, -20, 20  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 150  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE ACADJUST  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE ACADJUST  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE ACADJUST  
Function Advanced color adjustment option request  
RANGE□ACADJUST  
Format  
Response  
r:ACADJUST=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the advanced color adjustment to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The advanced color adjustment can be set by the ACADJUST command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE ACADJUST  
< r:ACADJUST=I, NOCORRECT, MEM_L, MEM_M, MEM_H, 6AX  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
×
SX60  
01.01**  
×
X600  
01.01**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
–
○
×
–
×
–
×
–
×
–
○
○
○
–
–
–
–
○
○
×
–
SX50  
SX6  
–
–
–
–
–
–
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE MEMCADJ  
1
RANGE MEMCADJ  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE MEMCADJ  
Function Memory color adjustment setting option request  
Format  
RANGE□MEMCADJ  
Response  
r:MEMCADJ=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
Description  
This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable the memory color adjustment  
to be set.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
The memory color adjustment can be set using the MEMCADJ command.  
）
(2)  
Example > RANGE MEMCADJ  
< r:MEMCADJ=I, OFF, MEM_L, MEM_M, MEM_H  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 152  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE 6AXADJ  
1
RANGE 6AXADJ  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE 6AXADJ  
Function 6-axis adjustment option inquiry  
Format  
RANGE□6AXADJ  
Response  
r:6AXADJ=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
Description This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable the 6-axis adjustment to be set.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
ON or OFF for the 6-axis adjustment can be set using the 6AXADJ command.  
Example > RANGE 6AXADJ  
< r:6AXADJ=I, ON, OFF  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE 6AXR-6AXY  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE 6AXR-6AXY  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE 6AXR-6AXY  
Function 6-axis correction R to Y hue/color saturation setting range request  
Format  
R range inquiry G range inquiry B range inquiry C range inquiry M range inquiry Y range inquiry  
RANGE□6AXR RANGE□6AXG RANGE□6AXB RANGE□6AXC RANGE□6AXM RANGE□6AXY  
Response  
r:6AXR(G,B,C,M,Y)=N, <Minimum hue value>, <Maximum hue value>,  
<Minimum color saturation value>, <Maximum color saturation value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description  
This inquires about the range within which the 6-axis correction R to Y hue and color saturation can be  
set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 The 6-axis correction R to Y can be set by the 6AXR to Y command.  
Example > RANGE 6AXC  
< r:6AXC=N, -20, 20, -20, 20  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 154  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE LAMP  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE LAMP  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE LAMP  
Function Lamp output setting option request  
RANGE□LAMP  
Format  
Response  
r:LAMP=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the lamp output to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The lamp output can be set by the LAMP command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE LAMP  
< r:LAMP=I, NORMAL, SILENT  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE VKS/HKS  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE VKS/HKS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE VKS/HKS  
Function Vertical/horizontal keystone setting range request  
Format  
Vertical keystone setting range inquiry Horizontal keystone setting range inquiry  
RANGE□VKS RANGE□HKS  
Response  
r:VKS=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
r:HKS=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description These inquire about the ranges within which the vertical and horizontal keystone can be set.  
-1  
-2  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The vertical and horizontal keystone settings can be selected by the VKS and HKS commands,  
respectively.  
Example > RANGE HKS  
< r:HKS=N, -30, 30  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
×
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* If the necessary signals are not input, 'NO_SIGNAL' is returned.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 156  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE AVOL  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE AVOL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE AVOL  
Function Audio volume setting range request  
RANGE□AVOL  
Format  
Response  
r:AVOL=N, <Minimum setting value>, <Maximum setting value>  
Number  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the range within which the audio volume can be set.  
-1  
-2  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The audio volume can be set by the AVOL command.  
Example > RANGE AVOL  
< r:AVOL=N, 0, 20  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE MUTE  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE MUTE  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE MUTE  
Function Mute control setting option request  
RANGE□MUTE  
Format  
Response  
r:MUTE=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable mute control to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 Mute control can be set by the MUTE command.  
Example > RANGE MUTE  
< r:MUTE=I, ON, OFF  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 158  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE BVOL  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE BVOL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE BVOL  
Function Beep sound setting option request  
RANGE□BVOL  
Format  
Response  
r:BVOL=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the beep sound to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 The beep sound can be set using the BVOL command.  
Example > RANGE BVOL  
< r:BVOL=I, 0, 1  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9 .Details of command RANGE IMAGEFLIP  
1
RANGE IMAGEFLIP  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE IMAGEFLIP  
Function Flip display setting option request  
RANGE□IMAGEFLIP  
Format  
Response  
r:IMAGEFLIP=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the flip display to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The flip display can be set using the IMAGEFLIP command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE IMAGEFLIP  
< r:IMAGEFLIP=I, NONE, CEILING, REAR, REAR_SEILING  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 160  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
9 .Details of command RANGE PMM  
1
RANGE PMM  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE PMM  
Function Power management setting option request  
RANGE□PMM  
Format  
Response  
r:PMM=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, ..., <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable power management to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 Power management can be set by the PMM command.  
Example > RANGE PMM  
< r:PMM=I, OFF, STANDBY, EXIT  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE PJON  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE PJON  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE PJON  
Function Display screen at startup setting option request  
RANGE□PJON  
Format  
Response  
r:PJON=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the display screen setting at startup to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The setting for the screen displayed at startup can be set by the PJON command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE PJON  
< r:PJON=I, CANON, SKIP, LOGO  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 162  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE NOSIG  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE NOSIG  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE NOSIG  
Function Display screen when there are no signals setting option request  
RANGE□PJON  
Format  
Response  
r:NOSIG=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description  
This inquires about the parameter options which enable the display screen when there are no signals to  
be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The display screen when there are no signals can be set by the NOSIG command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE NOSIG  
< r:NOSIG=I, BLACK, BLUE, LOGO  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE NOSHOW  
1
RANGE NOSHOW  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE NOSHOW  
Function Display screen when nothing is shown setting option request  
RANGE□NOSHOW  
Format  
Response  
r:NOSHOW=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description  
This inquires about the parameter options which enable the display screen when nothing is shown to be  
set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The current display screen when nothing is shown can be set by the NOSHOW command.  
-2  
Example > RANGE NOSHOW  
< r:NOSHOW=I, BLACK, BLUE, LOGO  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 164  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE LOGOPOS  
1
RANGE LOGOPOS  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE LOGOPOS  
Function User image position setting option inquiry  
RANGE□LOGOPOS  
Format  
Response  
r:LOGOPOS=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description  
This inquires about the parameter options which enable the user screen (logo) display position to be  
set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
An inquiry cannot be made if the user image has not been registered.  
(The "e:1002 NO_LOGO_CAPTURED" error is returned.)  
The user image position can be set by the LOGOPOS command.  
-2  
-3  
Example > RANGE LOGOPOS  
< r:LOGOPOS=I, UPPER_L, UPPER_R, CENTER, LOWER_L, LOWER_R  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE LANG  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE LANG  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE LANG  
Function Language setting option request  
RANGE□LANG  
Format  
Response  
r:LANG=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the language to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 The language can be set by the LANG command.  
Example > RANGE LANG  
<
r:LANG=I,ENG,FRA,GER,ITA,SPA,POR,SWE,DUT,RUS,CHS,CHT,KOR,JPN,FIN,NOR,TUR,  
POL,HUN,CZE,DAN  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 166  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE TERMINAL  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE TERMINAL  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE TERMINAL  
Function Terminal setting option request  
RANGE□TERMINAL  
Format  
Response  
r:TERMINAL=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable the terminal to be set.  
-1  
-2  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
The terminal can be set by the TERMINAL command.  
Example > RANGE TERMINAL  
< r:TERMINAL=I, IN, OUT  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
×
SX60  
01.01**  
×
X600  
01.01**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Parameter  
Power  
Input  
Mode  
OFF ON PM  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
IN  
SX50  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
OUT  
×
×
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
* If the command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE,' 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' or 'TERMINAL_OUT' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE KEYLOCK  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE KEYLOCK  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE KEYLOCK  
Function Key lock setting option request  
RANGE□KEYLOCK  
Format  
Response  
r:KEYLOCK=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable key lock to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 Key lock can be set by the KEYLOCK command.  
Example > RANGE KEYLOCK  
< r:KEYLOCK=I, MAIN, RC  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 168  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9．Details of command RANGE RCCH  
User Command Specifications  
1
RANGE RCCH  
Commands  
Mode Control Setting Reference  
RANGE RCCH  
Function Remote control setting option request  
RANGE□RCCH  
Format  
Response  
r:RCCH=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
ID  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
Description This inquires about the parameter options which enable remote control to be set.  
-1  
This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both theremote mode and power-on status  
at the same time.  
A "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
(Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.)  
-2 Remote control can be set by the RCCH command.  
Example > RANGE RCCH  
< r:RCCH=I, 1, 2  
* Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
Commands  
supported  
SX50  
01.00**  
○
SX6  
01.01**  
○
SX60  
01.01**  
○
X600  
01.01**  
○
Supported Command States  
Model  
Power  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
×
×
○
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
○
○
○
○
×
×
SX50  
SX6  
○
○
SX60  
X600  
* If a command cannot be supported, 'INVALID_MODE' or 'NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED' is returned as an error response.  
* "i:BUSY" may be returned if the power status is being switched.  
PAGE 169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE GUID  
1
RANGE GUIDE  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE GUIDE  
Function Guide setting enable option request  
Format  
RANGE□GUIDE  
Response  
r:GUIDE=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
Description This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable the guide to be set.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
The guide can be set using the GUIDE command.  
）
(2)  
Example > RANGE GUIDE  
< r:GUIDE=I, ON, OFF  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
ー
×
ー
○
ー
×
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
-
-
ー
○
ー
○
ー
×
○
○
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 170  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE DPON  
1
RANGE DPON  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE DPON  
Function Direct power-on setting inquiry  
Format  
RANGE□DPON  
Response  
r:DPON=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
Description This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable direct power-on to be set.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
Direct power-on can be set using the DPON command.  
）
(2)  
Example > RANGE DPON  
< r:DPON=I, ON, OFF  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
ー
×
ー
○
ー
×
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
-
-
ー
○
ー
○
ー
×
○
○
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE LEDILLUMINATE  
1
RANGE LEDILLUMINATE  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE LEDILLUMINATE  
Function Emotional LED and signal sensing LED lighting setting option request  
Format  
RANGE□LEDILLUMINATE  
Response  
r:LEDILLUMINATE=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
Description  
This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable emotional LED and signal  
sensing LED lighting control to be set.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given while the zoom or focus lens is being driven.  
（
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
LED lighting control can be set using the LEDILLUMINATE command.  
）
(2)  
Example > RANGE LEDILLUMINATE  
< r:LEDILLUMINATE=I, ON, OFF  
*Commands are indicated by ">", and responses are indicated by "<".  
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
ー
×
ー
○
ー
×
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
ー
○
-
-
ー
○
ー
○
ー
×
○
○
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 172  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE ZSTEPDRV  
1
RANGE ZSTEPDRV  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE ZSTEPDRV  
Function Zoom lens step drive control option request  
Format  
RANGE□ZSTEPDRV  
Response  
r:ZSTEPDRV=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
Description This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable the step drive of the zoom lens.  
(1) This inquiry can be mades when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given if the zoom or focus lens is being driven  
（
.
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
Step control for the zoom lens can be exercised using the ZSTEPDRV command.  
Example > RANGE ZSTEPDRV  
< r:ZSTEPDRV=I, WIDE, TELE  
SX50  
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
０１．０１**  
○
０１．０１**  
○
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE ZCONTDRV  
1
RANGE ZCONTDRV  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE ZCONTDRV  
Function Zoom lens continuous drive control option request  
Format  
RANGE□CONTZDRV  
Response  
r:ZCONTDRV=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
Description  
This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable the zoom lens to be driven  
continuously.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given if the zoom or focus lens is being driven  
（
.
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
Continuous control of the zoom lens can be exercised using the ZCONTDRV command.  
Example > RANGE ZCONTDRV  
r:ZCONTDRV=I, STOP, WIDE, TELE  
<
SX50  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 174  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE FSTEPDRV  
1
RANGE FSTEPDRV  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE FSTEPDRV  
Function Focus lens step drive control option request  
Format  
RANGE□FSTEPDRV  
Response  
r:FSTEPDRV=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
Description This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable the step drive of the focus lens.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given if the zoom or focus lens is being driven  
（
.
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
Step control for the focus lens can be exercised using the FSTEPDRV command.  
Example > RANGE FSTEPDRV  
< r:FSTEPDRV=I, FAR, NEAR  
SX50  
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
SX6  
SX60  
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
０１．０１**  
○
０１．０１**  
○
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
９．Details of command RANGE FCONTDRV  
1
RANGE FCONTDRV  
Reference  
Mode Control Setting  
Commands  
RANGE FCONTDRV  
Function Focus lens continuous drive control option request  
Format  
RANGE□FCONTDRV  
Response  
r:FCONTDRV=I, <Setting option 1>, <Setting option 2>, …, <Setting option n>  
For all other responses, refer to "Error List."  
ＩＤ  
This command is used to inquire about the parameter options which enable the focus lens to be driven  
Description continuously.  
(1) This inquiry can be made when the projector is in both the remote mode and power-on status at  
the same time.  
However, a "busy" response is given if the zoom or focus lens is being driven  
（
.
Refer to the ZCONTDRV command and FCONTDRV command.  
）
(2)  
Continuous control of the focus lens can be exercised using the FCONTDRV command.  
Example > RANGE FCONTDRV  
< r:FCONTDRV=I, STOP, FAR, NEAR  
SX50  
Commands  
supported ０１．００**  
SX6  
０１．０１**  
○
SX60  
０１．０１**  
○
X600  
０１．０１**  
○
×
When a command is not supported, "e:000A INVALID_PARAMETER" is returned.  
Supported Command States  
Model Power supply  
OFF ON PM  
Input  
Mode  
Remarks  
D-RGB A-RGB1 A-RGB2 Comp  
Video S-Video D-Video SCART None Remote Local  
SX50  
SX6  
－
×
－
○
－
×
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
×
SX60  
X600  
*If a state is not supported, "INVALID_MODE" or "NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED" is returned with the Err response.  
*When the power supply state is in the process of switching, an "i:BUSY" reply may be sent.  
PAGE 176  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
10. Error List  
1 10. Error List  
10. Error List  
Errors  
supported by  
model  
Code  
Error character strings  
Error  
Remedy  
(1)(2)(3)(4)  
Wait until the response is received to send  
the command.  
Send the correct command.  
Switch the mode using the REMOTE or  
LOCAL command.  
Send in the correct command format.  
Use the POWER ON command to turn on  
the power.  
Wait until the power supply state changes  
to “ON”, “OFF”, or “PMM”.  
1 0001  
2 0002  
3 0003  
4 0004  
5 0005  
e
e
e
e
e
BAD_SEQUENCE  
Communication sequence error  
○ ○ ○ ○  
INVALID_COMMAND  
INVALID_MODE  
○ ○ ○ ○ Command is invalid (undefined).  
The designated command cannot be  
executed in this mode.  
○ ○ ○ ○ The command format is incorrect.  
○ ○ ○ ○  
INVALID_FORMAT  
NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED  
Power is not being supplied.  
○ ○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○ ○  
Mode switching or processing inside the  
projector is underway.  
6
–
i
BUSY  
The parameter (type) is invalid  
7 000A  
e
INVALID_PARAMETER  
Use the correct parameter(s).  
○ ○ ○ ○ (undefined).This includes the case when  
the number of parameters is incorrect.  
000B  
–
JOB_TIMEOUT  
SX50 internal processing has timed out.  
Resend the command.  
Use GET COMVER to obtain the latest  
user command version.  
8
9
e
○ ○ ○ ○  
USER_COMMAND_VERSION_IS_UPDATED  
w
The user command version is being updated.  
The focus lens is now being driven.  
The zoom lens is now being driven.  
○ ○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
BUSY (FOCUS)  
BUSY (ZOOM)  
Wait until the focus lens drive stops.  
i
i
10  
11  
–
Wait until the zoom lens drive stops.  
Resend the command.  
○ ○ ○  
F001  
F002  
F004  
F005  
e
e
e
e
SYSTEM (UNKNOWN)  
SYSTEM (FOCUS)  
SYSTEM (AUTO_KEYSTONE)  
SYSTEM (SCREEN_COLOR)  
○ ○ ○ ○ An internal error occurred.  
○ ○ ○ An error occurred in AUTOSETEXE=FOCUS.  
○ ○ ○ An error occurred in AUTOSETEXE=VKS.  
○ ○ ○ An error occurred in AUTOSETEXE=SCRN.  
Eliminate the cause of the error, and  
resend the command.  
A communication protocol violation  
occurred in the projector.  
12 E0XX  
e
COMMUNICATION_ERROR  
Resend the command.  
○ ○ ○ ○  
This cannot be executed with the current  
input source.  
The current input source is indicated in  
parentheses.  
There is no signal input.  
This cannot be executed with the current  
input signal.  
The current input signal is indicated in  
parentheses.  
13 200X  
2010  
e
e
e
INVALID_SOURCE (****)  
NO_SIGNAL  
Change the input source.  
Input the signal.  
○ ○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○ ○  
14  
201X  
INVALID_SIGNAL (****)  
Change the input signal.  
i
i
i
i
BUSY (NOW_SETTING)  
BUSY  
(POWER_MANAGEMENT_READY)  
BUSY (INTERNAL_PROCESS)  
○ ○ ○ ○ Signal setting (detection) is in progress.  
Preparing to switch to power management  
standby.  
Wait until the processing is completed.  
○ ○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○ ○ Heavy processing is in progress.  
15  
16  
–
BUSY (FOCUS)  
BUSY (ZOOM)  
The focus lens is now being driven.  
The zoom lens is now being driven.  
Wait until the focus lens drive stops.  
Wait until the zoom lens drive stops.  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
i
0801  
0802  
Use the RANGE command to obtain the  
parameter range, and then use a  
parameter within the range.  
Numerical parameters are invalid or  
outside the range.  
INVALID_VALUE  
TERMINAL_OUT  
e
○ ○ ○ ○  
○
Use the TERMINAL command to set the  
terminal to input, and then select the input  
again.  
The input cannot be selected since the  
terminal is set to output.  
1001  
e
Processing cannot be executed since the  
user image is not registered.  
IP conversion cannot be performed.  
DPON cannot be set to ON when PMM is  
OFF.  
PMM cannot be set to OFF when DPON is  
ON.  
AUTOSETEXE=FOCUS or SCRN cannot After setting BLANK to ON, resend the  
1002  
1003  
e
e
e
NO_LOGO_CAPTURED  
IP_NOT_AVAILABLE  
Register the user image.  
○ ○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
Change to the correct input signal.  
Set DPON to ON when PMM is not OFF.  
17 1004  
1005  
POWER_MANEGEMENT_OFF  
e
e
e
i
DIRECT_POWER_ON  
NOW_BLANK  
Set DPON to OFF.  
○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
1006  
be executed since BLANK is ON.  
command.  
Change to the correct resolution of the  
input signal.  
203X  
INVALID_RESOLUTION (***)  
INPUT_NOT_FOUND  
The input signal resolution is not correct.  
○ ○ ○ ○  
○ ○ ○  
The input was not switched since no input signal There is no action to be taken since the  
was found with AUTOSETEXE=INPUT.  
–
18  
status has been notified.  
※ The error code is expressed as a four-digit hexadecimal character string. ‘X’ is a number from ‘0’ to ‘9’ or letter from ‘A’ to ‘F’.  
※ Errors with the newer item numbers have higher priority. (When there is more than one error, the highest level error is returned. However, error priority  
is the same within the same item number.)  
※ Given below is the correspondence between the numbers (1) to (4) in the "Errors supported by model" column and the models concerned.  
(1) SX50  
(2) SX6  
(3) SX60  
(4) X600  
PAGE 177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
11. Other  
1 11. Other  
11. Other  
Use the remote control emulation function (RC command) in Local mode for the following functions.  
Function  
No display  
RC command parameter  
NOSHOW  
Freeze screen  
Digital zoom  
FREEZE  
DZOOM_P, DZOOM_M  
Presentation timer  
Spotlight function  
P_TIMER  
SPOT  
PAGE 178  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
Appendix 1 Reset Items  
1 Appendix 1 Reset Items  
Appendix 1 Reset Items  
What is initialized by the "RESET" command is set forth in the table below.  
ALL SYSTEM IMAGE  
Item  
Setting  
Reference command  
INPUT  
●
●
Input source switching  
Toggle button recording  
A-RGB2  
C1:DRGB C2:ARGB2 ------------  
V :VIDEO  
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
ARGB manual for input signal setting  
Input signal select  
Input signal select (PC)  
Screen settings  
Menu display position  
Logo included/not included  
User image position  
Screen in no show status  
No signal screen  
AUTO  
not selected  
FULL  
CENTER  
not included  
CENTER  
BLACK  
BLUE  
SEL  
------------  
ASPECT  
------------  
------------  
LOGOPOS  
NOSHOW  
NOSIG  
PJON  
IMAGEFLIP  
IMAGE  
Startup screen  
Flip display  
Image mode  
CANON  
NONE  
STANDARD  
What is initialized in the image modes  
STANDARD PRESEN  
CINEMA  
SRGB  
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Brightness  
Contrast  
Sharpness  
Gamma  
Dynamic gamma  
Screen color correction  
〃adjustment values (R,G,B)  
Advanced color adjustment  
6-axis adjustment (SAT,HUE)  
Lamp mode  
0
0
0
0
BRI  
CONT  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SHARP  
GAMMA  
DGAMMA  
WB  
WBRGB  
ACADJUST  
6AXR～Y  
LAMP  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
NORMAL  
0, 0, 0  
NORMAL  
0, 0, 0  
NORMAL  
0, 0, 0  
NORMAL  
0, 0, 0  
NOCORRECT NOCORRECT NOCORRECT NOCORRECT  
0, 0  
0, 0  
0, 0  
0, 0  
NORMAL  
NORMAL  
SILENT  
NORMAL  
Saturation  
Hue  
Progressive  
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
SAT  
HUE  
PROG  
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Terminal setting  
Power management  
Electronic sound  
Key lock  
Password on/off  
Password  
Remote control  
Language  
Menu category item  
Last spotlight  
Spotlight OSD position  
Volume  
IN  
OFF  
1
OFF  
OFF  
None  
CH1  
ENG  
not selected  
circle(large)  
Initial position  
10  
TERMINAL  
PMM  
BVOL  
KEYLOCK  
------------  
------------  
RCCH  
LANG  
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
------------  
------------  
------------  
AVOL  
HKS, VKS  
------------  
MUTE  
Keystone  
P-Timer  
Mute  
0,0 (HKS,VKS)  
0
OFF  
Off  
Lamp ready indicator off flag  
------------  
PAGE 179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
Appendix 2 Table of Response Patterns by Command  
3 付録２　コマンド別応答パターン表  
Appendix 2 Table of Response Patterns by Command (1/3)  
2005.11.14  
Version numbers of  
models supported  
LOCAL  
REMOTE  
Response  
not send  
SX6  
Item  
Commands  
ON  
SX50 SX60  
X600  
OFF OFF2ON ON ON2OFF ON2PMM PMM PMM2ON  
OFF  
OFF2ON  
ON2OFF ON2PMM PMM PMM2ON  
BLANK  
Input signal  
01.00** 01.01**  
DG A1 A2 CM  
V
SV DV SC  
X
ON OFF  
1
2
REMOTE  
LOCAL  
○
○
○
○
POWER  
ON  
OFF  
3
○
○
AUTOSETEXE FOCUS  
VKS  
4
×
○
SCRN  
INPUT  
5
6
7
8
9
BLANK  
INPUT  
ＡＵＴＯＰＣ  
DOTS  
TRACK  
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
10 HPOS  
11 VPOS  
12 HPIX  
13 VPIX  
14 SEL  
ASPECT  
FULL  
NORMAL  
WIDE  
TRUE  
AUTO  
–
–
–
–
15  
○
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
○
16 IMAGE  
17 BRI  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
18 CONT  
19 SHARP  
20 GAMMA  
21 DGAMMA  
22 PROG  
23 WB  
← ←  
24 WBRGB  
25 SAT  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
－ －  
26 HUE  
○
○
－
27 RGBGAIN  
28 RGBOFFSET  
29 ACADJUST  
30 MEMCADJ  
31 6AXADJ  
×
×
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
–
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
–
6AXR～6AXY  
32  
33 LAMP  
34 RESET  
–
–
–
–
35 VKS  
36 HKS  
○
–
○
–
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
37 AVOL  
38 MUTE  
39 BVOL  
40 IMAGEFLIP  
41 PMM  
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
2
PJON  
43 NOSIG  
44 NOSHOW  
45 LOGOPOS  
46 LANG  
TERMINAL  
IN  
OUT  
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
47  
○
×
48 KEYLOCK  
49 RCCH  
50 GUIDE  
51 DPON  
52 LEDILLUMINATE  
53 ZSTEPDRV  
54 ZCONTDRV  
55 FSTEPDRV  
56 FCONTDRV  
57 RC  
○
○
×
×
×
×
×
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
58 MAIN  
59  
Null  
PAGE 180  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
Appendix 2 Table of Response Patterns by Command  
Appendix 2 Table of Response Patterns by Command (2/3)  
Version numbers of  
models supported  
LOCAL  
REMOTE  
SX6  
SX50 SX60  
X600  
Response  
not send  
Item  
Commands  
ON  
OFF OFF2ON ON ON2OFF ON2PMM PMM PMM2ON  
OFF  
OFF2ON  
ON2OFF ON2PMM PMM PMM2ON  
Input signal  
BLANK  
01.00** 01.01**  
DG A1 A2 CM  
V
SV DV SC  
X
ON OFF  
60 GET MODE  
61 GET POWER  
62 GET BLANK  
63 GET INPUT  
○
○
－
×
○
－
○
○
－
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
–
–
–
–
○
－
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
64 GET DOTS  
65 GET TRACK  
66 GET HPOS  
67 GET VPOS  
68 GET HPIX  
69 GET VPIX  
70 GET SEL  
71 GET ASPECT  
72 GET IMAGE  
73 GET BRI  
74 GET CONT  
75 GET SHARP  
76 GET GAMMA  
77 GET DGAMMA  
78 GET PROG  
79 GET WB  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
80 GET WBRGB  
81 GET SAT  
－ －  
82 GET HUE  
○
○
－
83 GET RGBGAIN  
84 GET RGBOFFSET  
85 GET ACADJUST  
86 GET MEMCADJ  
87 GET 6AXADJ  
×
×
○
×
×
○
○
–
○
–
○
○
－
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
×
○
○
○
–
–
–
–
–
88 GET 6AXR～Y  
–
–
–
–
89 GET VKS  
○
–
90 GET HKS  
91 GET AVOL  
92 GET MUTE  
○
○
－
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
–
–
93 GET BVOL  
94 GET IMAGEFLIP  
95 GET PMM  
96 GET PJON  
97 GET NOSIG  
98 GET NOSHOW  
99 GET LOGOPOS  
100 GET LANG  
101 GET LAMP  
102 GET TERMINAL  
103 GET KEYLOCK  
104 GET RCCH  
105 GET GUIDE  
106 GET DPON  
107 GET LEDILLUMINATE  
112 GET NOSHOWSTATE  
113 GET FREEZE  
–
–
×
×
×
×
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
○
－
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
114 GET SIGNALSTATUS  
115 GET LAMPCOUNTER  
116 GET ERR  
117 GET PRODCODE  
118 GET ROMVER  
119 GET COMVER  
PAGE 181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
User Command Specifications  
Appendix 2 Table of Response Patterns by Command  
Appendix 2 Table of Response Patterns by Command (3/3)  
Version numbers of  
models supported  
LOCAL  
REMOTE  
SX6  
SX50 SX60  
X600  
Response  
not send  
Item  
Commands  
ON  
OFF OFF2ON ON ON2OFF ON2PMM PMM PMM2ON  
OFF  
OFF2ON  
ON2OFF ON2PMM PMM PMM2ON  
Input signal  
BLANK  
01.00** 01.01**  
DG A1 A2 CM  
V
SV DV SC  
X
ON OFF  
120 RANGE POWER  
121 RANGE AUTOSETEXE  
122 RANGE BLANK  
123 RANGE INPUT  
124 RANGE DOTS  
125 RANGE TRACK  
126 RANGE HPOS  
127 RANGE VPOS  
128 RANGE HPIX  
129 RANGE VPIX  
○
×
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
← ←  
130 RANGE SEL  
131 RANGE ASPECT  
132 RANGE IMAGE  
133 RANGE BRI  
134 RANGE CONT  
135 RANGE SHARP  
136 RANGE GAMMA  
137 RANGE DGAMMA  
138 RANGE PROG  
139 RANGE WB  
← ←  
← ←  
140 RANGE WBRGB  
141 RANGE SAT  
－ －  
142 RANGE HUE  
○
○
－
143 RANGE RGBGAIN  
144 RANGE RGBOFFSET  
145 RANGE ACADJUST  
146 RANGE MEMCADJ  
147 RANGE 6AXADJ  
148 RANGE 6AXR～Y  
149 RANGE VKS  
150 RANGE HKS  
151 RANGE AVOL  
152 RANGE MUTE  
153 RANGE BVOL  
154 RANGE IMAGEFLIP  
155 RANGE PMM  
156 RANGE PJON  
157 RANGE NOSIG  
158 RANGE NOSHOW  
159 RANGE LOGOPOS  
160 RANGE LANG  
×
×
○
×
○
○
×
–
–
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
○
×
← ←  
← ←  
161 RANGE LAMP  
162 RANGE TERMINAL  
163 RANGE KEYLOCK  
164 RANGE RCCH  
165 RANGE GUIDE  
166 RANGE DPON  
167 RANGE LEDILLUMINATE  
168 RANGE ZSTEPDRV  
169 RANGE ZCONTDRV  
170 RANGE FSTEPDRV  
–
–
×
×
×
×
×
×
171  
RANGE FCONTDRV  
Status  
OFF  
Input signal  
DG Digital RGB  
A1 Analog RGB1  
A2 Analog RGB2  
CM Component  
Response  
Power Off  
Transitioning from power off→on  
V
Video  
OK or Normal response  
BUSY  
INVALID_MODE  
INVALID_SOURCE  
NO_SIGNAL  
NOT_POWER_SUPPLIED  
BAD_SEQUENCE  
NO_BLANK  
OFF2ON  
ON  
ON2OFF  
ON2PMM  
PMM  
SV S-Video  
DV Digital Video  
SC SCART  
Power ON  
Transitioning from power on→off  
Transitioning from power on→standby mode  
V
Video  
×
No signal  
Standby  
SV S-Video  
Transitioning from standby→power on  
PMM2ON  
INPUT_NOT_FOUND  
No response  
PAGE 182  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

BenQ Projector MP512 ST User Manual
Black Box Network Hardware LWE100A User Manual
Blomberg Refrigerator FNT 9670 ET User Manual
Blue Rhino Outdoor Fireplace WAD9131T User Manual
Bogen Noise Reduction Machine ANS1R User Manual
Bosch Appliances Dishwasher SHU53E User Manual
Canon Camcorder 8455B003 User Manual
Casio Watch 1868 User Manual
Century Car Seat STE User Manual
Chevrolet Automobile 1995 User Manual